CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE 7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article. 7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio. 7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35. 7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students. 7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students. 7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes. 7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law. 7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28; a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide. b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14. c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives: i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 5 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEBecause the pupil-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective educational program, the parties agree the following ratios are desirable: Developmental Kindergarten: Fifteen (15) pupils or less Early Elementary (K-3): Twenty-five (25) pupils or less Late Elementary (4-6): Twenty-eight (28) pupils or less Junior High (7-8): Thirty (30) pupils or less Senior High (9-12): Academic class load of thirty (30) or less In classes having split grades the ratios shall be as follows: K-3: Twenty-three (23) pupils; 4-6: Twenty-six (26) pupils In classes having a specific number of stations, class enrollments will not exceed the number of available stations. The foregoing need not apply to study halls or the music program. The Board, in keeping with its commitment to the above desirable class sizes, will adhere to the following guidelines to achieve educationally sound and equitable class sizes:
7.01 Students 1. Initially schedule, if possible, all classes so that class size is within the above ratios, and wherever possible equalize the size of different classes of the same course or grade.
2. If it is not possible to stay within the above ratios, no class should exceed the ratios unless all other classes of the same course or grade have reached the ratio.
3. Whenever possible no teacher will have classes exceeding the above ratios more than one semester in a row without mutual agreement of the teacher and the building administration.
4. There shall not be a full time floating aide at the elementary level to be used for overloads of students in the regular and split classrooms. The placement of the aide shall be based on recommendations by the building committee and the principal. The recommendations shall be submitted to the superintendent. There shall be one and one-half (1 1/2) hours per day of aide time per classroom overload.
5. The building principal from each building shall meet with the Grass Lake Education Association building representatives each year prior to September 15th and periodically as needed to review the class sizes. A written report summarizing their recommendations shall be sent to the Superintendent with copies to the Board of Education members.
6. A full time aide shall be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size kindergarten level except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator when the aide is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if relieving the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 elementary secretary during two 15-minute break times. Physical education classes may exceed The aide’s time shall be shared equitably among the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial kindergarten classes, and in high school composition classesincluding kindergarten lunchroom duty.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 3 contracts
Sources: Master Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. 16.1 The District shall make a reasonable every effort to equalize equally distribute students and shall make every effort not to exceed the following class sizes as determined by maximums: Kindergarten 22 4-5 28 6-8 30 Average Class Size Combination K-6 22 Individual Class Size Maximum 9-12 Core Classes 30 9-12 PE 45 RSP Caseload of 28 SDC/LH 12:1 Ratio SDC/SH 10:1 Ratio
16.1.1 Chorus and Band classes shall be exempt from the class roster throughout size maximums identified above.
16.2 The District and Union realize that there are facility and equipment limitations in some instructional areas that require special consideration. Currently the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs following facilities have teaching/learning situations for specific number of the students, which shall be used for assigning students: Art Twenty-four (24) students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing Agriculture Twenty-four (24) students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving Auto Shop Twenty (20) students to other classes at that siteWood Shop Twenty (20) students Laboratory Science Twenty (20) students, or adding an instructional aidethe number of lab stations, whichever is higher Construction Technology Twenty (20) students Weight Room Twenty (20) students Ceramics Fourteen (14) students
16.3 In addition to the above mentioned guidelines, the following should also be considered in determining class size:
16.3.1 Total enrollment in teacher’s daily schedule.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, 16.3.2 Class requirements and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14prerequisites.
c. 16.3.3 Equipment and/or material available to the teacher and/or students.
16.4 The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is it may be necessary from time-to-time, to form classes comprised of students of different grade levels and/or of different levels of ability or achievement. These combined classes, while occasionally necessary, should be scheduled only when no other suitable alternative exists. A stipend of $500 per semester will be paid to a teacher assigned to teach a combination class.
16.5 In the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievableevent an Arena Elementary School class size exceeds the guidelines above, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall then the following options will be established to oversee, guidediscussed, and facilitate an option to implement will be agreed upon between the following initiativesunit member and Site Administrator:
i. Two-16.5.1 A stipend of $500 per student per semester for each student beyond the guidelines above on a teacher’s roster. This will be paid at the end of each semester, and based on official class enrollment twenty (20) days after the start of the instructional year K-12 pilot program that shall include and fifteen (15) days after the commencement of the second semester.
16.5.2 A district paid aide or other support staff member will be assigned to work in the affected class.
16.5.3 If no more than sixother agreement is reached, then the unit member will be paid the above stipend in 16.5.1.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental Association and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The work jointly to explore means to fund a reduction of class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, across the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish district by a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed minimum of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee students per class.
A. Actual class size shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate expressed as the following initiatives:maximums: The “maximum” number recognizes that scheduling, facilities and growth patterns may affect class size. Kindergarten 32 English 38 Social Science 38 General Education 38 Mathematics 38 * Science 38 Foreign Language 38 Business 39 * Drafting 39 Music 39 Homemaking (General) 39 * Keyboarding 38 * Vocational Shops 33 * Fine Art 33 * Homemaking (Lab) 33 Physical Education 50 Continuation School 20 * Class size should be appropriate for number of workstations available.
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that B. The District maximum class sizes for specialists shall include be as follows: Elementary Music 70 Middle School Remedial Reading 25 High School Remedial Reading 32 Librarians One (1) for every high school site above 1000 students Nurses Each nurse will be responsible for no more than six2400 students Special Education Class size will be differentiated on the basis of the following:
1. Range of handicaps and extent of need for individual instruction.
2. Ages of individuals and severity of handicaps.
3. Staff competencies and number of special education staff at one site.
4. Amount of time individuals in a special class participate in regular classes.
5. Scarcity or density of population.
6. No caseload/class size will exceed Education Code maximums.
7. The District and Association sha ll jointly monitor caseloads to insure equitability.
8. Any caseload/class size that is deemed excessive by a specialist may be appealed for review to the Director of Pupil Services.
C. If maximums are exceeded beyond any continuous three-week period, means shall be sought to provide relief by:
1. A reduction in class size
2. A mutual agreement to one or more of, but not limited to, the following:
a. Additional instructional aide time
b. Release from selected adjunct duties
c. Release from selected site duties
d. Additional released time for classroom preparation
e. Clerical assistance
f. Reduction of class size in other sections taught.
3. Agreement reached on the above items shall not be in conflict with other sections of this contract.
D. Every effort shall be made to ensure equity of class load among unit members with comparable assignments.
E. A unit member and site manager may agree to increase class size above the stated maximum at the unit member’s option.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Employment Agreement, Employment Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEThe District shall have discretion to determine workloads for all Unit Members employed subject to the following limitations:
7.01 Students 8.1 Unit Members (excluding Counselors, Librarians, Athletic Directors, Activity Directors, and Specially Funded Programs) shall have a student contact cap as follows: 173 students to 1 Unit Member 195 students to 1 Unit Member in Physical Education 200 students to 1 Unit Member in Band/Music 30 students to 1 Unit Member in Independent Study/College Connection
A. Unit Members may be assigned a maximum of thirty-six (36) students per class for each class in a five (5) period teaching day. Physical Education teachers shall have a cap of forty (40) students per class for a five (5) period teaching day. Unit Members in a continuation high school or community day school may be assigned a maximum of twenty-three (23) students per class in each class in a five (5) period day. The Average Daily Attendance ratio for independent study pupils to Independent Study and College Connection teachers shall not exceed thirty (30). This negotiated Independent Study ratio is also the comparator rate to be assigned to any class which has reached used for independent study purposes per the Education Code. The maximum class size except as provided within this articlenumber of students on each SPED Unit Member’s caseload shall not exceed twenty-eight (28).
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss B. Individual class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes sizes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP Section A of this article by mutual consent of the individual Unit Member, the subject area coordinator, and the unique features of each groupsite administrator. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is It will be executed in writing with copies filed at the site and with the OSTA Executive Board. The waiver will be in effect for one (1) semester. A waiver will not limited be permitted for Unit Members in Physical Education to include, busing go beyond the forty (40) students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideper class cap.
b. Except for Hearing ImpairedC. Assignment of personnel shall be such that workloads are equalized within practical limits.
D. Within any given subject area, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average a Unit Member may be assigned a class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsload of fewer than 173 students per day. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, difference in students will be absorbed by the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14school site.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not 6.1.1 Effective July 1, 2020, in assigning students to classes the following guidelines will be assigned observed: MaximumClass Size TK and K All Day-360 minutes 27 TK District will follow state law regarding the adult to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental student ratio for TK. 32 K 32 1-3 31 TK-3 Combination 30 4 and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 95 34 4-5 Combination 31 6-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special 37 English 33 Physical Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes 45 Elementary Physical Education 45 Choral Music 45 Instrumental Music 45 Continuation 28 6th-8th at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average Language Academy 33
6.1.2 Elementary Physical Education teachers class size within and working conditions shall be subject to the following provisions:
6.1.2.1 If the Elementary Physical Education Teacher is absent, and no substitute credentialed teacher is available to cover their absence, preps shall be cancelled for all affected teachers, and they shall receive pay for their missed prep(s) per §9.8.2.1.
6.1.2.2 4th and 5th grade SDC students who are mainstreamed for P.E. during a given period shall count toward the class size maximum of forty-five (45) students. An aide from the SDC class, or the SDC teacher, shall accompany the mainstreamed students for the entire P.E. period.
6.1.3 In so far as practical, Grade 3-4 combination classes will not be scheduled to ensure all grade 4 students receive the same number of weekly minutes of physical education instruction as their peers in regular grade 4 classrooms, and that all teachers of grade 4 students receive prep time that is equivalent to their upper-grade peers, per
6.1.4 Teachers at secondary school sites who volunteer to teach during their prep period shall receive one hundred twenty percent (120%) of their salary, regardless of the number of instructional periods at that school site.
6.1.5 At middle schools where core classes include English, the English class size maximum shall be used.
6.1.6 The District will attempt in general elementary program to keep combination classes (2 or more grades) from reaching the maximum class size.
6.1.6.1 Upon request, the principal/program administrator shall meet with the faculty, department, or affected unit members to review maximum class size situations. The purpose of this review shall be to determine if alternative plans can be developed to avoid reaching maximum class size.
6.1.6.2 If such a plan is developed, it shall be made available in writing upon request to affected unit members and the site Association Representative.
6.1.6.3 If the principal is unable to find alternatives to avoid exceeding the maximum in a class, they will consult with unit members affected.
6.1.7 A class size maximum may be exceeded with the annual consent of the majority of the unit members, during a meeting of the members of the grade level or department affected.
6.1.8 Choral and instrumental music maximum class sizes may be exceeded with the concurrence of the majority of the choral and instrumental music teachers at that school site.
6.1.9 Agreements made accord with §6.1.7 and §6.1.8 above, shall be in effect for the time stipulated, but in no case longer than the current academic year. Any such agreements shall be provided, upon request, in writing to the affected unit members and the site Association Representative.
6.1.10 The full-time assignment for elementary vocal and instrumental music teachers shall be based on serving up to nine (9) classes per day on a regular school day and six (6) classes per day on early-out Wednesdays with a maximum of forty-two (42) classes per week. Staff may exercise flexibility in scheduling the classes to account for variations in the District instructional day during the week, not to exceed the maximums stated above.
6.1.11 The full-time assignment for elementary library/media teachers shall be based serving up to nine (9) classes per day on a regular school day and six (6) classes per day on early-out Wednesdays with a maximum of forty-two (42) classes per week. Staff may exercise flexibility in scheduling the classes to account for variations in the instructional day during the week, not to exceed 12 students. The the maximums stated above.
6.1.12 In so far as practical, class sizes for Elementary Library/Media and Vocal Music teachers shall be limited to the established maximum class sizes for the grade level being served.
6.1.13 Notwithstanding the maximum class size for any specific specified above, no class shall not enrollment may exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impairedthe number of workstations, Visually Handicapped Preschoolby school site and lab classroom, SEDper Appendix O which may be revised annually to reflect changes, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14upon request of either party.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Contractual Agreement, Contractual Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students Elementary (Grades pre-K through 5) shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum meet or better class size staffing levels as outlined in the State Minimum Standards (i.e., the ratio of teachers to pupils on a district-wide basis shall be at least one (1) full-time equivalent classroom teacher per twenty-five (25) pupils in average daily membership.) The ratio of teachers to pupils in elementary (pre-k through 5) on a district-wide basis shall be at least one (1) full-time equivalent classroom teacher per twenty-five (25) pupils in average daily membership. Secondary (Grades six through twelve (6-12)) shall teach no more than one hundred seventy (170) pupils per day except in activity-type classes with due consideration for student safety (e.g. in PE classes). For purposes of scheduling and class size management, students on active Individual Education Plans (IEPs) other than students with Speech & Language Pathology (SLP) IEPs and students in classes specifically for special education students shall be counted as provided within this articleone and one-half (1-1/2) students. The Board and the Association will review class size numbers for virtually taught classes on at least a quarterly basis. In all classrooms, no class size shall exceed the number of desks or appropriate spaces at shared work stations. After the first month of each school year, using the above IEP formula if an individual elementary class size exceeds twenty-eight (28) students in grades pre-K through 3, and thirty (30) in grades 4-5, or a secondary teaching load exceeds one hundred seventy-five (175) students per day the unit member shall meet with the building Principal and the appropriate Assistant Superintendent to discuss alternatives to remedy excessive class size or teaching load. Possible alternatives which may be used are:
1. Assignment of an aide who shall remain with a class(es).
7.02 2. Establishment of combination classes
3. Reduction of non-teaching duties
4. Additional remuneration of ten percent (10%) of the base salary. The site/program administrator is required alternative chosen must be mutually agreed upon by the Administrators and the unit member, and such agreement shall be reduced to discuss writing, and be signed by the unit member. A copy of every such agreement shall be sent to the Association President. Whenever class size at a member’s request if decreases or increases, the member’s Administration may have up to five days (5) to adjust aide/salary assignments. A selected alternative shall be removed should the class exceeds size return to the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental twenty-eight (28), thirty (30), and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 timesone hundred seventy-five (175) limits. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall Board will make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition reduce the number of combination classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a at the elementary level, and reasonable effort will be made to schedule staff elementary combination classes at the beginning of the school year using a pupil/teacher ratio of twenty-five (25) (or fewer) to one (1). A combination class is one in which students are assigned to from more than one (1) grade level K-3 are assigned for reasons other than academic acceleration or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsretention.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Master Contract, Master Contract
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students The District shall establish class size in accordance with Education Code requirements. The District shall maintain target teaching assignments. Homeroom classes of fifteen (15) minutes or less shall not be assigned to any class which has reached counted in the maximum target teaching assignment. In the scheduling of classes, the first priority for lower class size except as provided within this articleshall be given to academic core subjects. The parties agree to work on equitable student/teacher assignments, efficient period allocation, and timely attention to scheduling issues at sites.
7.02 A. The site/program administrator is required District and the Association agree to discuss the following class size at a member’s request if the member’s targets:
1) Grades TK-3: average of 24 students and in accordance with Education Code class exceeds the loading ratiosize requirements.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 92) Grades 4-12 5: target of 32 students with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students $1000 stipend for each student over 32 and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group35 students. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classeswill be prorated according to class size.
3) Grades 6-8: target of 35 students/175 total; PE target of 45 students.
4) Grades 9-12: target of 36 students/180 total; PE target of 50 students.
B. Teachers who teach Grades 4 and 5 shall be compensated, average at the noninstructional rate of pay, one half (.5) hour for each parent-teacher conference that exceeds thirty (30) in recognition of the additional time spent conducting parent-teacher conferences due to their larger class sizes.
C. Classes at the middle and high school level in ASB/student government, performing arts, band, and chorus shall have a target class size within of fifty (50) students per period.
D. Elective classes at the SDC program secondary level, such as athletic PE, marching band, tall flags, drill team, may have a higher class size than the target in A. of this Article with the consent of the teaching staff assigned.
E. Special Education resource teachers who have more than twenty-eight students on their caseload will be compensated with an annual stipend of $500, prorated, for each additional student covered by the Resource Specialist Caseload Waiver.
F. The District will attempt to balance caseloads in order to create equity among distribution of workloads for special education teachers. Caseloads shall not exceed 12 studentsbe approved by administration. The class size best interests of the students shall be kept as a priority.
G. The District agrees to assign pupils to classes in such a manner as to nearly as possible equalize the teaching load within grade levels or subject discipline areas.
H. The MEA president and the Assistant Superintendent for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SEDPersonnel will schedule a meeting during the first month after school starts, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classessubsequent meetings as needed, to review staffing with the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14intent to resolve issues relative to this Article.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a I. A joint Special Education/General Education Oversight Advisory Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachersshall be established. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five joint Special Education Advisory Committee will meet a minimum of one (51) votes. The oversight committee shall be established time each semester to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixdiscuss relevant issues pertaining to special education.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Master Agreement, Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEBecause the student-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective educational program, the parties agree the following ratios are desirable: Developmental Kindergarten: Fifteen (15) pupils or less Early Elementary (K-35): Twenty-five (25) pupils or less Junior High (67-8): Thirty (30) pupils or less Senior High (9-12): Academic class load of Thirty (30) In classes having split grades the ratios shall be as follows: K-3: Twenty-three (23) pupils; 4-6: Twenty-six (26) pupils In classes having a specific number of stations, class enrollments will not exceed the number of available stations. The foregoing need not apply to study halls or the music program. The Board, in keeping with its commitment to the above desirable class sizes, will adhere to the following guidelines to achieve educationally sound and equitable class sizes:
7.01 Students 1. Initially schedule, if possible, all classes so that class size is within the above ratios, and wherever possible equalize the size of different classes of the same course or grade.
2. If it is not possible to stay within the above ratios, no class should exceed the ratios unless all other classes of the same course or grade have reached the ratio.
3. Whenever possible no teacher will have classes exceeding the above ratios more than one semester in a row without mutual agreement of the teacher and the building administration.
4. There shall not be a full time floating aide at the elementary level to be used for overloads of students in the regular and split classrooms. The placement of the aide shall be based on recommendations by the building committee and the principal. The recommendations shall be submitted to the superintendent. There shall be one and one-half (1 1/2) hours per day of aide time per classroom overload.
5. The Building Principal from each building shall meet with the Association building representatives each year before September 15th and periodically as needed to review the class sizes. A written report summarizing their recommendations shall be sent to the Superintendent with copies to the Board of Education members.
6. A full time aide shall be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size kindergarten level except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator when the aide is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if relieving the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 elementary secretary during two 15-minute break times. Physical education classes may exceed The aide’s time shall be shared equitably among the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial kindergarten classes, and in high school composition classesincluding kindergarten lunchroom duty.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Master Agreement, Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 10.1 Excluding classes participating in state Class Size Reduction Programs, the desired average class load for the District has been established at 30 students. When the average class size per site exceeds 30 students for seven (7) school days, a time- table shall be set up to establish a new classroom. This timetable shall not exceed twenty-five (25) school days. If during the timetable period the average class size drops below the maximum level, the timetable terminates. A new- time table starts when the maximum is reached again. The timetable limits can be exceeded if classroom construction is necessary. The redistribution of students at the site will be a site level decision as recommended by a site committee composed of administration and teachers, and approved by the superintendent.
10.2 The Superintendent will meet and confer with a committee of three (3) of the Association upon request of the Association or the Superintendent regarding class size decisions.
10.3 Teachers with students on independent study will not be granted additional compensation if said students cause their class size to be over the District average stated in paragraph 10.
1. These students will, however, be counted in the averaging of class size per grade level.
10.4 After the first ten (10) school days, no kindergarten through third grade teacher shall be assigned more than thirty-two (32) students without the agreement of the affected teacher; similarly, no fourth through sixth grade teacher shall be assigned more than thirty-three (33) students without the agreement of the affected teacher.
10.4.1 When enrollment in any non-CSR kindergarten through sixth grade classroom exceeds thirty (30) students or any self-contained Special Education Class exceeds fourteen (14) on the tenth and twentieth days of the register month, beginning with the first register month, up to any class which has reached and including the maximum eleventh (11th) register month, the affected teacher shall receive $50 per excess student in extra pay for twenty (20) predetermined target dates.
10.4.2 The District shall make its best effort to ensure that combination classes do not exceed 28 students.
10.4.3 At grades seven and eight, the District will make its best effort to ensure that class size except as provided within averages per grade level do not exceed 30 students
10.5 The District agrees to act in good faith in placing students in classrooms. The District agrees not to reassign students solely for the purpose of defeating a teacher's right to class size overage pay.
10.6 In the event that the District receives state funds earmarked for class size reduction, the parties shall reopen this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required 10.7 Any unit member who works beyond the normal work day in developing an independent study of five (5) or more days shall be paid additional compensation in the amount equal to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints 50% of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into prior year’s Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF) per Average Daily Attendance (ADA) allocation divided by the number of instructional days times the number of days for which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited independent study is prepared provided that the District receives compensation from the State for the student in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make independent study program. When a reasonable effort teacher is given less than three (3) days' notice to equalize class sizes as determined by develop an independent study program, the class roster throughout teacher will do the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with best she/he can to meet the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidestudent.
b. Except 10.8 Self-Contained Special Education mainstreamed students shall be counted for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program overage calculations if total of said students are in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size regular classroom for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impairedat least 2.5 hours per day, Visually Handicapped Preschoolor, SEDin the case of kindergarten, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14for at least 90 minutes.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. The Board shall employ no fewer classroom teachers than required by the state statutes or the state minimum standards.
7.01 Students B. The ratio of teachers to pupils on a district-wide basis shall be at least one full time equivalent classroom teacher per 25 pupils in average daily membership. Said ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3317.02 and 3317.023 of the Revised Code.
C. The ratio of teachers to pupils in kindergarten through fourth grade on a district-wide basis shall be at least one full time equivalent classroom teacher per 25 pupils in average daily membership. Said ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3317.02 and 3317.023 of the Revised Code. Understanding that class sizes cannot always be reduced at all grade levels at the same time, the Board and the Association recognize that it is in the best interest of the pupils and the bargaining unit members to initially strive to reduce class sizes at the lower grade levels and proceed to the higher grade levels as financial circumstances permit. The Board believes that class sizes should not be assigned larger than necessary to maximize the learning experience for pupils, taking into account the available classroom space, staff, financial resources and scheduling needs. Class size should also take into account the special needs of handicapped pupils mainstreamed into regular education classes, and any additional educational needs presented by pupils who are repeating the class which has reached and pupils who may have additional educational needs as reflected on a Section 504 plan. The Board will seek to reach the maximum following class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required goals to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental extent reasonably feasible with 25 students in grades K-3, 27 students in grades 4-8, and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes 29 students in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students12. The class size number for purposes of this provision shall include mainstreamed special education students (if one full period or more).
D. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall provide to the Association President, if requested, projections, in writing, of class sizes and teaching load lists prior to each school year. All class size projections shall be based upon projected fall enrollment. If at any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classestime the projected or actual size of a class(es) exceeds the goals set forth in this Section, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District Superintendent or his/her designee and the Association agree President shall meet and discuss the situation.
E. It is mutually recognized that the presence of special needs students can have an impact on the appropriate class size and the workload of the regular classroom teacher. A good faith effort will be made and documented in writing by the building administration to establish adjust class size where appropriate, taking into account, among other factors, the number of special needs students, the nature of the disabilities, the class size prior to mainstreaming, and the extent of support and assistance being provided by the ancillary staff members.
F. All classes that exceed the aspirational goals will be brought before a Special Education/General class size committee prior to the regularly scheduled September Board of Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which meeting, or as requested by a majority are teachersmember. The committee shall recognize that consensus is will be comprised of the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievableteacher affected, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to overseethe BWEA building representative, guidethe BWEA President, the building principal, and facilitate two other district administrators. This committee will work to develop a plan of action that could include additional staff. These recommendations will be forwarded to the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixSuperintendent and a decision will be determined within 10 school days.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Negotiated Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 13.1 Each year the District shall establish staffing ratios for grades K, 1-3, 4-5, 6-8, 9-12 in core academic subjects (math, social science, English, science, foreign language), consistent with any Education Code requirement. The District shall provide the Association with an opportunity to provide input prior to the established of these ratios. The District shall communicate the staffing ratios to the Association president on or before the beginning of each term. In determining class sizes, the District shall consider the effect of mainstreaming special education students and English Learner students into regular classes. Special Education class sizes shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Education Code. Special Day Classes, Advanced Placement and Class Size Reduction classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached included in computing the maximum class size except as provided within this articlestaffing ratios.
7.02 13.2 Within three weeks after the beginning of each term the District shall provide to the Association president a report of classes and student enrollment.
13.3 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size District shall consider the distribution of students among classes at a member’s request if given grade level or subject in a school and the member’s distribution of students within a given subject area in determining class sizes. In addition, the district shall take into consideration the number of work stations available.
13.4 In the event that any K-5 class exceeds the loading ratiostaffing ratio by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music 13.5 In the event that any 6-12 grade class exceeds the staffing ratios by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
13.6 No Advanced Placement or Honors classes may exceed except for two (2) classes shall continue at the maximums by 1.5 times. secondary level that has an enrollment of fifteen (15) or fewer students at the beginning of the semester in which it is offered.
13.7 Physical education classes and instructional aides shall be provided to fourth and fifth grade teachers through June 30, 2008. The parties may exceed reopen at any time on this provision in the maximum by 1.35event that these services may be otherwise provided.
7.04 The site/program administrator 13.8 Administration shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 meet with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one representation from each school and grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students to determine schedules and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. time utilization. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by provide the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels necessary training and programs consistent with the needs state standard aligned curriculum. Three (3) hours of aide time shall be provided daily at each elementary school. Bargaining Unit Members shall provide line of sight supervision of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students aides equitably on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aiderotational basis.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 A. The District will make a reasonable effortgood faith effort to balance K-12 class loads. At grades 7-12, the District will work with site administrators to balance class loads within the financial first four weeks of school. At grades 7-12, master schedule constraints may prohibit the balancing of classes.
1. There shall be a district-wide staffing ratio which is not greater than 30 to 1. CSR classrooms and self-contained Special Education classrooms will not be included in the District, to reduce 30:1 ratio calculation per school.
2. For grades K-6 the maximum class size maximums shall be 33. If a class exceeds 33, the District shall make the necessary adjustments within 20 workdays. For grades K-3, the District shall maintain the average class size in those classes into which accordance with state requirements pursuant to the Local Control Funding Formula. Reasonable efforts will be made to balance the number of mainstreamed special education students within a grade level. The District shall pay $5.00 per day for purchase of instructional materials or other curriculum related materials/equipment for each TK-2 mainstreamed student who are integratedassigned to the class, but not on the teacher’s roster. These funds will be available to teachers within 15 calendar days of the end of the attendance month when the funds are accrued and must be spent within the current fiscal year according to purchasing procedures and timelines.
a. Sites that mainstream TK-2 students will make reasonable efforts to adjust class sizes based on the numbers and minutes of mainstreamed students. There shall be no more than two (2) mainstreamed special day students (students who are not assigned to the teacher’s classroom roster) at any given time in remedial classes, any TK-2 classroom and in high school composition the District shall make reasonable efforts to equally distribute these mainstreamed students between classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed 3. If any kindergarten class (non CSR) exceeds 31 students for a period of 20 consecutive school days, the maximum cited in class will be assigned a 3 ½ hour instructional paraprofessional for the lawremainder of the school year.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. 4. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize will follow class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidesize guidelines for transitional kindergarten per Assembly Bill 22.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED5. After the first 10 days of instruction in any school year, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classeswhenever an individual 4-6 self- contained class exceeds 32 students or whenever an individual K-3 self-contained class exceeds 25, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate provide the following initiativesrelief:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Certificated Employees' Contract, Certificated Employees' Contract
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 1. The Board and the Association recognize that the pupil-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective educational program. Therefore they agree that the class sizes set forth below shall not be assigned to any class which has reached established as desirable standards for the maximum class size except as provided number of pupils per teacher under normal conditions, and that this policy shall be effected to the extent possible within this articleavailable funds in all schools by the beginning of each school year.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education a. Kindergarten Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.20
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and Elementary Classrooms 25
c. Secondary Teachers’ Load in Core ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇-▇▇ ▇▇▇ ▇. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Learning Center (DLC) 12 (all DLCs must also be provided with non-certified support personnel)
2. The Board shall notify the Association of any decision to create a split grade class so as to give the Association 30 days to discuss the matter with the Board, but this discussion period shall not serve to delay implementing any split grade.
3. When the class size of the elementary level exceeds 28 pupils for any classroom teacher; or, 25 at the kindergarten level and/or 26 at the grade 1 level; or, middle school level exceeds 28 pupils; or, 30 for any academic class at the high school level, the class should be divided, redistributed, or provision should be made to provide such teacher with professional or paraprofessional assistance within 30 days. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, classes at the District class size average high school shall not exceed 10, and any individual 33. A ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ class shall not exceed 14is a class for which there is only one section offered during a marking period.
c. 4. The District Board and the Association agree the Special Classes (P.E., Music and Unified Arts) pupil teacher ratio needs to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachersbe maintained at appropriate levels for effective education programming. The committee Board and the Association agree that reasonable efforts will be made by the administration to schedule classes in order that Middle School performing ensemble classes can be effectively taught and supervised.
5. Any exception to the foregoing standards shall be made only if the Superintendent of Schools determines that it is necessary and the Association shall be notified in writing of any such exception made in order to give the Association 30 days to discuss the matter with the Board, but this 30 day discussion period shall not serve to delay implementing such exceptions to the foregoing standards.
6. The Board and Association agree the guidance counselor/student ratio and that of other support staff needs to be maintained at appropriate levels for effective education programming and servicing. The Board and the Association recognize that consensus a significant factor affecting classroom effectiveness is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus number of students a teacher is not achievable, all decisions assigned and recommendations shall require five (5) votesthat the range of learner-types of students assigned to a teacher is also a significant factor affecting classroom effectiveness. The oversight committee shall Board and the Association recognize that the goal for workloads among teachers should be established as equitable as reasonably possible and to overseeaccomplish this, guide, administration will consider these factors when organizing classes and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixsections and in determining appropriate class sizes.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEBecause the student-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective educational program, the parties agree the following ratios are desirable: Developmental Kindergarten: Fifteen (15) pupils or less Early Elementary (K - 5): Twenty-five (25) pupils or less Middle School (6 - 8): Thirty (30) pupils or less Senior High (9 - 12): Academic class load of Thirty (30) In classes having split grades the ratios shall be as follows: K-3: Twenty-three (23) pupils; 4-6: Twenty-six (26) pupils In classes having a specific number of stations, class enrollments will not exceed the number of available stations. The foregoing need not apply to study halls or the music program. The Board, in keeping with its commitment to the above desirable class sizes, will adhere to the following guidelines to achieve educationally sound and equitable class sizes:
7.01 Students 1. Initially schedule, if possible, all classes so that class size is within the above ratios, and wherever possible equalize the size of different classes of the same course or grade.
2. If it is not possible to stay within the above ratios, no class should exceed the ratios unless all other classes of the same course or grade have reached the ratio.
3. Whenever possible no teacher will have classes exceeding the above ratios more than one semester in a row without mutual agreement of the teacher and the building administration.
4. There shall not be a full time floating aide at the elementary level to be used for overloads of students in the regular and split classrooms. The placement of the aide shall be based on recommendations by the building committee and the principal. The recommendations shall be submitted to the superintendent. There shall be one and one-half (1 1/2) hours per day of aide time per classroom overload.
5. A full time aide shall be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size kindergarten level except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator when the aide is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if relieving the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 elementary secretary during two 15-minute break times. Physical education classes may exceed The aide’s time shall be shared equitably among the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial kindergarten classes, and in high school composition classesincluding kindergarten lunchroom duty.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Master Agreement, Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE9.1 The District shall attempt to maintain regular class size at or under 27 pupils in grades 4-8.
7.01 Students 9.2 The District shall not be attempt to equalize the pupil per teacher load in the intermediate school, with the exception of physical education classes and remedial classes.
9.3 For purposes of computing class size, mainstreamed children shall count as one (1) pupil if the combined time of all special education mainstreamed students in one class exceeds 49% of a regular school day. Special education students who are also mainstreamed shall count as one pupil assigned to any class which has reached special education classes. Time will be computed on a weekly basis.
9.4 Consistent with Grade Span Adjustment legislation, the school site average maximum class size except as provided within this articlein grades TK – 3 shall be 24:1. This maximum shall revert to thirty (30) if the Grade Span Adjustment legislation is revised or rescinded.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at 9.5 Where the number of students in a member’s request if the member’s TK through third grade class exceeds twenty-four (24), fourth through fifth grade class exceeds twenty-eight (28), and/or sixth through eighth grade class exceeds thirty (30), the loading ratioadministration shall discuss with the involved teachers ways to alleviate problems related to the size of the class and shall take action after ten (10) school days by schedule modification, utilization of other professional personnel, employment of certificated personnel, or other measures.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed 9.6 In the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make event of a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes combination class in grades 9TK-3 or a 3-12 with 4 combination, the combination class will not exceed twenty-two (22) students. In the event of a maximum of 29 grade 4-5 combination class, the combination class will not exceed twenty-six (26) students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 9.7 The District will make use its best efforts to have Physical Education classes in 6th – 8th grades not exceed thirty-seven (37) students. Where the number of students in a reasonable effortPE class exceed thirty-seven (37) students, within the financial constraints administration shall discuss with the involved teachers ways to alleviate the problems related to the size of the Districtclass and shall take action after ten (10) school days by schedule modification, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integratedutilization of other professional personnel, in remedial classesemployment of certificated personnel, and in high school composition classesor other measures.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed 9.8 An employee may elect to teach a class which exceeds the maximum cited if the administrator in the lawcharge concurs.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not Teaching and learning are the essential acts in education, and a reasonable student- teacher ratio is essential if a maximum learning climate is to exist for students and teachers. In the interest of the best educational opportunities for students, desirable maximum class enrollments should be assigned established, monitored, and maintained. Variables to consider regarding class size/student-teacher ratios are subject matter, student ability level, and physical facilities. In classes with lab stations or where safety is an issue as determined by the superintendent or his/her designee, class size will be limited to the number of lab stations. Also, special consideration will be given to any class which has reached classes with students with an IEP or students with a 504 Plan mainstreamed in the maximum regular program. When a class size except or student-teacher ratio becomes excessive, the possibility of adding an additional section either through a teacher overload class or the utilization of part-time teachers shall be considered. If mutually agreed, teachers in the District Science departments may if they so desire, waive the lab station requirements as provided within this articledetailed in the contract. This is due to the variance in lab room stations. It is the goal of the Board and the Association that excessive class sizes/student-teacher ratios should be avoided. When a teacher and his/her district/department chair determine that an excessive class size or student-teacher ratio may exist, they shall notify the appropriate building principal. Within three working days of notification, the building principal, the district/department chair, and the teacher will meet to discuss the circumstances. Within ten days of said meeting, the building principal will notify both the teacher and the district/department chair of a decision in the matter. The decision will include a means to remedy the purported excessive class size/student-teacher ratio, or will include reasons why the situation does not merit remedy, or is irresolvable.
7.02 1. Maximum Teacher Load The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes teacher load shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes following limits as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs established for each of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇below stated areas: Academic Classes* 150 P.E. Classes** 225 Counselor Loads 360 Psychologist 1800 Social Worker 1500 *▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center size will not exceed 33 (2021-2022), 32 (2022-2023), and 31(2023-2024) students excluding collaboratively taught classes and Music classes. **P.E. Teacher Loads will not include the following: students removed from the P.E. course for Driver’s Education, average students removed from P.E. due to a medical condition, students removed from P.E. for an athletic or band exemption, P.E. Student Leaders, or lifeguards. Collaboratively taught classes must not exceed 32 students. Co-taught classes must not exceed 44 students. If a teacher is split between PE and another discipline, the above student loads will be prorated according to the schedule. Each full-time special services teacher will be provided 4 days release time (22 periods) per year to be taken in full or half period increments at the teacher’s discretion. This time will be dedicated to case manager duties and responsibilities. Request for a substitute must be made 3 days prior to the requested release time. This time will be in addition to time spent in required meetings and all other work time provided to teachers. Teachers must remain in their assigned work area to prepare for student IEPs. Caseloads for special education teachers will be limited to 15 students. College Counselor loads will not exceed 3/5 of the overall counselor load. AP testing will be managed by the building administration. No college writing course will exceed student class size within limits set by cooperating institutions or current LWEA language, whichever is lower. No employee shall be required to teach more than two sections of a college writing course except by mutual consent of the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District employee and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixadministration.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. Class sizes shall not exceed maximums approved by the California State Department of Education.
B. In the Special Education Programs, the class sizes shall not exceed maximums approved by the State Department of Education for the Merced County Special Education Local Planning Area (SELPA).
C. Class size/caseload shall be assigned generally limited to any class which has reached the number approved in State approved course descriptions. The maximum class size except size/caseload shall be evaluated on an as provided within this articleneeded basis in accordance with industry trends by committees composed of administrators, teachers and appropriate specialists representing, separately, both the Special Education Department and the Career and Alternative Education Department. These committees will meet and make recommendations to their respective Department Assistant Superintendents. A copy of their recommendations will be submitted to the Association upon request. [Revised May 30, 2012]
D. When a severely disabled, self-contained, special day class exceeds twelve (12) students or has more than three (3) non-ambulatory students, the equivalent of two (2) full-time instructional aides will be provided. When only one special day class is located at a district site, no more than three (3) non-ambulatory students will be enrolled in that class. No severely disabled class shall exceed fourteen (14) students for any reason. See Appendix J (Inclusion MOU) [Revised March 14, 2014]
E. The maximum caseload for language, speech and hearing specialists will be 55. In the event that individual caseloads exceed the maximum, the Employer shall provide additional assistance in the form of (1) clerical support, (2) speech and language assistant support, (3) instructional aide support, (4) reassignment of students, or (5) other mutually acceptable support.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss F. ROP High School Teachers enrollment per class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may section shall not exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum an average of 30 students. [Revised May 30, 2012]
G. The maximum number of students enrolled in any Valley Community School class shall be 30.
7.06 H. The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints maximum number of the District, to reduce students enrolled in any Juvenile Hall class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classesshall be 20.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the I. The maximum cited caseload for a full-time equivalent teacher in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum VCS Independent Studies shall be 26 beginning 30. [Revised July 2002; RSP 31, 2018]
J. The maximum caseload for a full-time equivalent teacher in Merced Scholars Charter School shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group30. “Reasonable effort” may include[Revised March 14, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six2014]
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Employment Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1. Grades TK-5
7.01 Students 2. Grades 6-8
a. all keyboarding/typing classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with have a maximum of 29 forty (40) students;
b. all performing arts classes shall have a reasonable number of students; and,
c. all physical education classes shall have an average of forty (40) students or less for each Bargaining Unit member, with not more than one class in excess of forty (40) students.
7.05 The site3. Grades 9-12
a. all keyboarding/program administrator typing classes shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with have a maximum of 29 forty-two (42) students;
b. all performing arts classes shall have a reasonable number of students; and
c. all physical education classes shall have an average of forty-four (44) students or less for each Bargaining Unit member. The District and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsAssociation will monitor jointly the physical education class sizes at each comprehensive high school by October 15.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students4. The class size for any specific limitations set forth above shall apply unless additional students are requested by the Bargaining Unit member.
5. Beginning fifteen (15) working days from the first student day, if class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classessize limitations are exceeded, the District class size average administration shall not exceed 10have twenty (20) working days in which to correct the situation by reassigning students, and any individual class shall not exceed 14providing additional teachers or providing additional instructional aide time upon request.
c. 6. The Board and the Association believe that the goal of the District is to program a reasonable number of students into each class. Oversize classes are a detriment to learning and should be avoided whenever possible. The purpose of this provision is to ensure the best interest of the education program. The provision should not be used to supplant the employment of Bargaining Unit members. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachersacknowledge that the following provisions should not alter the appropriate staffing for the above class size limits. The committee class size limitations set forth above shall recognize that consensus is apply unless additional students are requested by the preferable decision making processBargaining Unit member. The site administrator may reduce the number of assigned students to comply with class size limits unless the Bargaining Unit member agrees to a maximum number of assigned students for the remainder of the semester and accepts the class size overage stipend. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations such circumstance the formulas listed below shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixapply.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 10.1 Excluding classes participating in state Class Size Reduction Programs, the desired average class load for the District has been established at 30 students. When the average class size per site exceeds 30 students for seven (7) school days, a time- table shall be set up to establish a new classroom. This timetable shall not exceed twenty-five (25) school days. If during the timetable period the average class size drops below the maximum level, the timetable terminates. A new- time table starts when the maximum is reached again. The timetable limits can be exceeded if classroom construction is necessary. The redistribution of students at the site will be a site level decision as recommended by a site committee composed of administration and teachers, and approved by the superintendent.
10.2 The Superintendent will meet and confer with a committee of three (3) of the Association upon request of the Association or the Superintendent regarding class size decisions.
10.3 Teachers with students on independent study will not be granted additional compensation if said students cause their class size to be over the District average stated in paragraph 10.1. These students will, however, be counted in the averaging of class size per grade level.
10.4 After the first ten (10) school days, no kindergarten through third grade teacher shall be assigned more than thirty-two (32) students without the agreement of the affected teacher; similarly, no fourth through sixth grade teacher shall be assigned more than thirty-three (33) students without the agreement of the affected teacher.
10.4.1 When enrollment in any non-CSR kindergarten through sixth grade classroom exceeds thirty (30) students or any self-contained Special Education Class exceeds fourteen (14) on the tenth and twentieth days of the register month, beginning with the first register month, up to any class which has reached and including the maximum eleventh (11th) register month, the affected teacher shall receive $50 per excess student in extra pay for twenty (20) predetermined target dates.
10.4.2 The District shall make its best effort to ensure that combination classes do not exceed 28 students.
10.4.3 At grades seven and eight, the District will make its best effort to ensure that class size except as provided within averages per grade level do not exceed 30 students
10.5 The District agrees to act in good faith in placing students in classrooms. The District agrees not to reassign students solely for the purpose of defeating a teacher's right to class size overage pay.
10.6 In the event that the District receives state funds earmarked for class size reduction, the parties shall reopen this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required 10.7 Any unit member who works beyond the normal work day in developing an independent study of five (5) or more days shall be paid additional compensation in the amount equal to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints 50% of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into prior year’s Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF) per Average Daily Attendance (ADA) allocation divided by the number of instructional days times the number of days for which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited independent study is prepared provided that the District receives compensation from the State for the student in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make independent study program. When a reasonable effort teacher is given less than three (3) days' notice to equalize class sizes as determined by develop an independent study program, the class roster throughout teacher will do the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with best she/he can to meet the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidestudent.
b. Except 10.8 Self-Contained Special Education mainstreamed students shall be counted for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program overage calculations if total of said students are in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size regular classroom for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impairedat least 2.5 hours per day, Visually Handicapped Preschoolor, SEDin the case of kindergarten, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14for at least 90 minutes.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1. The District shall maintain an average regular class enrollment of 27 students, including Inclusion students for each school site for transitional kindergarten, kindergarten, and grades 1-3, inclusive, while maintaining a class ratio for kindergarten of 25 to 1.
7.01 Students 2. It is the intent of the District to maintain a ratio of twenty-eight (28) students, including Inclusion Students, per regular class unit member in grades 4-6, and a ratio of twenty-five (25) students, including Inclusion Students, per regular class in grades 7-12. If a grade 4-6 class at a K-6 site reaches thirty-three (33) students at the end of September or thereafter in any year, and the assigned unit member requests assistance, one (1) two hour certificated staff person will be provided the class. The district will make reasonable efforts to balance 4-6 class size at each site. When a ratio of twenty-eight (28) students per regular class is reached on average at a Junior High School on the 25th school day or thereafter in any year the District shall provide additional certificated staff as mutually agreed upon by the District and certificated staff at that site. Class sizes for these purposes shall be calculated consistent with past District practice. No 7-12 P.E. class shall exceed 50 students. When there are insufficient sections of 7-12 Physical Education to maintain class rosters of 50 or fewer students the district may proceed with one of the following options:
A. Seek volunteers from among the faculty of the affected school to teach an additional period of Physical Education during what would normally be their Preparation Period. The volunteer teacher must possess a credential that authorizes Physical Education instruction. If more than one teacher volunteers, the Principal shall interview all applicants and shall select the best suited following the criteria set forth in Article V, 2 B. Teachers shall be compensated at .2 of their daily rate of pay. In addition to the workday required in Article IX, 3, the selected volunteer must be on-site daily for an amount of time equal to the duration of the Preparation Period.
B. If a volunteer cannot be found, Physical Education classes may exceed 50 students but shall not exceed 60 students. If any Physical Education class at a junior high school exceeds 50 students, the district shall provide Instructional Assistant support as follows: When any class occurring during the first three class periods exceeds 50 students, three (3) hours of Instructional Assistant time will be assigned to the Physical Education department for the first three periods. If the above occurs during the last three periods, three (3) hours of Instructional Assistant time will be assigned during that time frame. It is understood that in the event that the District chooses to utilize either of these options, the number of Physical Education sections offered shall be calculated by past District practice.) Any certificated staff added pursuant to this section shall be utilized in such a manner as to directly reduce class size. This limitation on the duties of added certificated staff shall not apply to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleadded after April 15th of any year.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times3. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make reasonable efforts to avoid scheduling combination classes in grades TK-6. An effort shall be made to find a unit member volunteer to accept a combination class. If more than one unit member volunteers, consideration will be given on an individual basis to rotate the assignment in alternate years. The District shall make reasonable effort efforts, when necessary, to equalize avoid circumstances which would result in a combination class sizes with fewer than seven (7) students of one grade level. Insofar as determined by possible, the class roster throughout pupils shall be selected for combination classes who are self-directed and who demonstrate a relative absence of severe discipline problems. Unit members shall have the District within right to participate in the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth selection process. When a unit member is assigned a combination class, an appropriate notation to that effect shall be placed in his/her IEP personnel file.
4. Those grade level teachers affected by a combination class shall receive $2000.00 to be divided among the affected classes for the purchase of instructional materials as approved by the site administrator or to attend conferences and/or workshops as mutually agreed upon with the site administrator. The combination class teacher also has the option to use $1500 for extra pay and $500 to be divided among the affected classes for the purchase of instructional materials. Non-consumable materials shall remain at the school site. In the case of a secondary unit member teaching multiple courses within in one course period, the unit member shall receive a percentage of the above stipend based on the percentage of the teaching day in which the multiple-curriculum class or classes is/are taught.
5. When placing Inclusion students in a regular class consideration will be given on an individualized basis to the impact of those students on the class and the unique features interests of each groupthe affected unit member. “Reasonable effort” Consideration may include, but is not be limited to include, busing to:
a. The educational needs of the regular education students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at in that site, or adding an instructional aideclass.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, The educational and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within other needs of the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14student with disabilities.
c. The interests of the affected unit member.
d. Non-teaching responsibilities TK-6 inclusion students to be placed in appropriate grade level classroom with the lowest student enrollment unless agreed to otherwise between site administrator and affected unit members. An effort shall be made to find a unit member volunteer to accept in his/her classroom Inclusion Students. Unit members receiving Inclusion Students will be provided adequate planning time for program coordination as developed at each site. Unit members receiving Inclusion Students shall have the regular assistance of another unit member or Instructional Aide. Where possible, substitutes will be provided for any absent unit member or Instructional Aide. Educational materials and supplies unique to an Inclusion Student will be funded through the Special Education Classroom budget.
6. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is will cooperatively monitor the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions District’s enrollment impacting class sizes and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guidecaselaods at grades TK-6 and grades 7-8 and imbalances in enrollment at grades 7-8, and facilitate 9-12.
7. TK-6 teachers, Adaptive PE (APE) teachers, Inclusion teachers, Special Day Class Teachers (SDC), Resource Specialists (RSP), and Speech and Language Pathologists (SLP) whose primary assignment is to work with TK-6 students shall have a full day release time two days per trimester per school year as agreed upon with the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program site administrator coinciding with grading periods for the purpose of collaboration, planning and/or evaluation at grade levels. It is understood and agreed that substitutes will not be provided for APE and SLP for this purpose. Music and PE teachers shall include no more than sixreceive 1 full day of release time per trimester as agreed upon with the site administrator coinciding with grading periods for the purpose of collaboration, planning and/or evaluation at grade levels.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 11.1 Each year the District shall establish staffing ratios for grades TK, K, 1-3, 4-5, 6-8, 9-12 in core academic subjects (math, social science, English, science, foreign language), consistent with any Education Code requirement. The District shall provide the Association with an opportunity to provide input prior to the establishment of these ratios. At the request of the Association, the District shall communicate the staffing ratios to the Association president prior to the adoption of the budget for the fiscal year. In determining class sizes, the District shall consider the effect of mainstreaming special education students and English Learner students into regular classes. Special Education class sizes shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Education Code. Special Day Classes, Advanced Placement, and Class Size Reduction classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached included in computing the maximum class size except as provided within this articlestaffing ratios.
7.02 11.2 At the request of the Association, within three weeks after the beginning of each term the District shall provide to the Association president a report of classes and student enrollment.
11.3 The site/program District shall consider the distribution of students among classes at a given grade level or subject in a school and the distribution of students within a given subject area in determining class sizes. In addition, the District shall take into consideration the number of work stations available.
11.4 After initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year should any TK-5 class exceed the staffing ratio (per Article
11.1) by three (3) students, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator is required to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference. In the absence of resolution, the unit member and or association may request a conference with the Executive Director of Human Resources to discuss class size at a the issue and explore mitigation options. A summary of the agreed upon resolution shall be communicated in writing or via email to the unit member’s request if .
11.5 In the member’s event that any 6-12 grade class exceeds the loading ratiostaffing ratios by three (3) students (per Article
11.1) after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music 11.6 No more than two (2) Advanced Placement or Honors classes may exceed shall continue at the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed secondary level that has an enrollment of fifteen (15) or fewer students at the maximum by 1.35beginning of the semester in which it is offered.
7.04 11.7 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special staffing ratio for Physical Education Classes shall not exceed 50 students per class. In the maximum cited in event that any individual PE class exceeds this staffing ratio after initial class balancing at the lawbeginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference. This provision does not apply to team sports related PE classes or classes where the Athletic Director is a teacher of record for a sports team. At the beginning of each semester, a meeting will be scheduled with 6th period high school PE teachers and site administration to review class sizes.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum 11.8 Administration shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. meet with representation from each school and grade level to determine schedules and time utilization. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by provide the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels necessary training and programs consistent with the needs state standard aligned curriculum. Three (3) hours of aide time shall be provided daily at each elementary school. Bargaining Unit Members shall provide line of sight supervision of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students aides equitably on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aiderotational basis.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned Inasmuch as the pupil-classroom teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective educational program and is related to any class which has reached the maximum quality and volume of a teacher's work, it is agreed that the following limits on General Education class size except represent desired objectives insofar as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss practical. Grade DK 18 pupils Grade K 20 pupils Grades 3-4 25 pupils Grades 5-6 27 pupils Grades 9-12 30 pupils Field School MAXIMUM Grade K 20 pupils Grades 5-6 26 pupils In grades DK-4, the class size at should not exceed the above-mentioned limits by more than two students. If the administration feels that they need to exceed the class size by more than two students, there will be a member’s request if meeting with the member’s building administrator, an association representative, and the teacher before the first class of that size meets. The parties recognize that this is to open communication/shared acknowledgement about class size and does not impact when remedies are triggered, however the conversation may include additional remedies such as compensation or other assistance for the teacher. In grades 5-12, the class size should not exceed the above mentioned limits by more than five students. If the administration feels that they need to exceed the class size by more than five students, there will be a meeting with the building administrator, an association representative, and the teacher before the first class of that size meets. The parties recognize that this is to open communication/shared acknowledgement about class size and does not impact when remedies are triggered, however the conversation may include additional remedies such as compensation or other assistance for the teacher. Class overages will be determined by the number of students enrolled in the class on November 15 of each school year for the first semester and on March 15 for the second semester. If the number of pupils enrolled in the class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9above-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students mentioned numbers on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesthese dates, the District will invoke the relief procedure provided below.: In grades 7-12, $150 will be added to the teacher’s compensation for each student in excess of the ratio. In grades 5-6, every core subject teacher will have $150 added to the teacher’s compensation for each student in excess of the ratio. The compensation for unified arts teachers will be $30 per pupil overage. Art/STEAM courses will be subject to core teacher class size average maximums. In the event of an overage, ART/STEAM teachers will receive $50 per pupil overage. In grades DK-4, $500 will be added to the teacher’s compensation for each student in excess of the ratio. The compensation for unified arts teachers will be $30 per pupil coverage. In grades DK-4, the Administration has the right to add a paraprofessional to the classroom in lieu of overage payment to the staff member. If this occurs, the paraprofessional assigned to the classroom shall not exceed 10, and any individual also accompany the class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District to any/all unified arts classrooms in lieu of an overage payment to those unified arts teachers. Principals and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed President will be provided with overage lists for their review within two weeks of seven members of which a majority are teachersNovember 15 and March 15 respectively. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making processOverage compensation will occur within two pay periods following approval. In cases where consensus grades 5-12, for Physical Education, Band and Vocal Music, as it is unreasonable for a single teacher to be expected to effectively educate more than 40 students, no class should exceed 40 students per teacher. If a class has 41 or more students enrolled within a semester, efforts will be made to reduce the class size. If a reduction is not achievablepossible, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixdistrict will consider adding a paraprofessional or will provide financial remediation of $30 per student over the ratio.
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. The parties recognize that optimum school facilities for both the student and teacher are desirable to ensure the high quality of education that is the goal of both the ASSOCIATION and the BOARD. It is also acknowledged that the primary duty and responsibility of the teacher is to teach and that the organization of the school and the school day should be directed toward ensuring that the energy of the teacher is primarily utilized to this end. Because the student-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective educational program, the parties agree that class size should be developmentally appropriate whenever financially possible. To achieve these goals the ASSOCIATION and the BOARD agree to the following:
7.01 Students shall not 1. Overages for a period of more than three (3) weeks will be compensated according to the Agreement.
2. Grades K-5th
a. Kindergarten sections will have an optimum number of twenty-two (22) students per section and a maximum number of twenty-eight (28) students per section. If the student count is between twenty-three (23) and twenty-seven (27) students per section, a paraprofessional will be assigned to any that section half-time. At twenty-eight (28) students per section, a paraprofessional will be assigned to that section full-time. If the kindergarten enrollment exceeds an average of twenty-eight (28) students per section, the teacher, principal, superintendent and BOARD representative will meet to determine the board course of action.
b. First (1st) through fifth (5th) grade classes will have an optimum number of twenty-five (25) students per class which and a maximum number of thirty (30) students per class. If the agreed to optimums cannot be met in grades one (1) through five (5), the following provisions shall apply:
i. To the extent possible, administration will attempt to keep classes evenly distributed.
ii. When financially feasible, and as determined by the classroom teacher and building principal, a Paraprofessional will be assigned to a classroom that is above the optimum size.
iii. It is understood that a Paraprofessional’s primary function is classroom contact. Paraprofessional may be used in other capacities as determined by the teacher(s) and the building principal.
c. Every attempt will be made to avoid a combination classroom. In the event a combination class is necessary there will be an optimum number of twenty-three (23) students per class and a maximum number of twenty-eight (28) students per class. If the agreed to optimums cannot be met in a combination classroom, the following provisions shall apply:
i. Every attempt will be made to assign a paraprofessional to the combination classroom. If hiring a paraprofessional is not economically feasible, the District will pursue other options to provide the needed support to the combination classroom teacher.
ii. The paraprofessional’s time will be determined by the combination teacher and the building principal.
iii. It is understood that a Paraprofessional’s primary function is classroom contact. Paraprofessionals may be used in other capacities as determined by the teacher(s) and the building principal.
d. If there is a decision to have a classroom paraprofessional, the Administration will make every reasonable effort to have the Paraprofessional assigned no later than one (1) week from the enrollment count days referred to in Section A.
e. Once a Paraprofessional has reached been assigned to a grade level, such Paraprofessional will not be withdrawn for the maximum balance of the trimester/semester.
f. In the event that the agreed to maximums in grades one (1) through five (5) cannot be met, extra compensation will be provided as follows:
i. Those teachers having over thirty (30) students shall be compensated at the rate of $37 per student per trimester for each student in excess of thirty (30) students.
ii. Those teachers having over thirty-three (33) students shall be compensated at the rate of $110 per student per trimester for each student in excess of thirty- three (33) students.
iii. Special subject teachers shall receive $33 per students per semester for each student in excess of thirty-five (35) students.
iv. These provisions for extra compensation will be based on the figures obtained from the enrollment count referred to in Section A.
3. Grades 6th-12th
a. At the secondary level, the normal class size shall not exceed thirty (30) students, except as provided within that:
i. Music classes will not be affected by this articlenumber.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 timesii. Physical education classes may exceed shall be limited to thirty-five (35) students per class period per teacher. If the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special exceeds thirty-five (35) students, the principal and physical education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make teacher will meet to determine a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs course of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideaction.
b. Except With the exception of music and physical education, extra compensation will be provided when a teacher may be required to provide instruction for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixthirty (30) students per class at the rate of $33 per student per semester for each student in excess of thirty
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Master Agreement, Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. The policy for class size in the District shall be as follows: Grade Class Size PK Per State Regulations as of 9/1/2024 K 19 (max) Grades 1-2 21 (max) Grade 3 22 (max) Grades 4-5 24 (max) Grade 6 25 (max) Grades 7- 8 125/27* Grades 9-12 25** (max) * Class size for grades 7 and 8 are based on total per teacher of one hundred twenty-five (125). Teams have the flexibility to adjust their class rosters based on student needs so that no more than two (2) periods are in excess of twenty-five (25) students. Team adjustments shall not be assigned to any result in class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental overages for on or off-team courses. ** Full credit and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may for grades 9-12 shall not exceed 25 students. This does not waive the maximum Band/Chorus exception. One-half credit courses taught in the embedded A/B Block shall average twenty (20) students for each teacher and shall not exceed twenty-five (25), unless otherwise limited by 1.35the number of student stations required for instruction.
7.04 The site1. In the event that split grade level classes in grades K-6 are created, special consideration shall be given to the needs of the students and the number of students assigned to the classroom in consultation with the EWGTA.
2. Class size for special education shall comply with state regulations.
3. Caseloads for interventionists (Reading and Math) shall be equitable.
4. Advisor/program administrator Advisee at the High School shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes not exceed 13 students. Advisor/Advisee at the Junior High School shall not exceed 13 students.
5. Class size in grades K-8 shall be in compliance by the fifteenth (15th) day of school. Class size in grades 9-12 shall be in compliance by the seventh (7th) day of each semester. The Administration must provide the Association with the class enrollment of each teacher by the fifteenth (15th) day of school for grades K-8 and by the seventh (7th) day of the semester for grades 9-12. If the administration becomes aware of a class size violation it shall provide notice to the Association as soon as practicable.
6. To accommodate unanticipated summer changes to enrollment that impact class size, the class size maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to grades 1-8 may be increased by no more than one (1) student per classroom in no more than 10% of the total classrooms in grades 1-8 with that value rounded up to the next whole number, prior to the start of the new school year. No more than two (2) classrooms at a grade level K-3 or 3may begin over the class size maximum. Additionally, if students move into the district and enroll in Exeter-4 with a West Greenwich schools after the close of business two (2) days prior to the start of the student school year, the class size maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsthe affected grade level(s) may be increased by no more than one (1) student.
7.06 The District will make 7. If it is necessary for a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, class to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited number of students, the Committee agrees to compensate each teacher who has more than the maximum number of students in any class or section as follows:
a) For day-long assignments: a fraction equaling one student of the lawclass maximum (ex: 1/19 for Kindergarten; 1/25 for Grade 6) of the teacher’s daily rate of pay for each student assigned to the teacher above the class maximum.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7b) For one-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs course assignments: Elementary Specialists: 1/6 of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇1/(▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average at grade level) of the teacher’s daily rate of pay for each student assigned to the teacher above the class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14maximum.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1.1 Effective June 16, 2003, the number of fulltime equivalent teachers assigned to a school for classroom instruction shall be determined on the basis of a composite ratio of 27.5:1 students to one fulltime equivalent (FTE) teacher. Additional staffing may be added for special programs including, but not limited to, Special Education and Educational Consolidation and Improvement Act (ECIA) Chapters 1 and 2. If categorical or federal project money is received for specific teaching positions, these positions will not be taken from the composite ratio provided in this section.
7.01 Students 1.2 The composite staffing caseload ratio for Education Specialists, Mild Moderate, who are co-teaching at a comprehensive high school, shall be 22:1. This staffing caseload ratio shall not apply to STARS classes.
1.3 The minimum number of counselors per comprehensive school shall be based upon a site ratio of no more than 430 students per full-time counselor. The counseling ratio at Redwood High School shall be 245:1. One of these counselors shall serve as Head Counselor at each comprehensive high school. For the purpose of determining the number of full-time equivalent counselors based upon the above student ratio, the student enrollment for each comprehensive school site shall be determined on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) of the prior year.
1.4 The normal enrollment limits for full-time teachers will not exceed 172 students for regular classrooms and 231 students for physical education and instrumental/chorus classes. Normally the enrollment for teachers with less than a full-time assignment shall be a pro-rata of the above numbers.
1.5 If actual enrollments do not conform substantially to expected enrollments, it shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee to redistribute the number of FTE teaching positions as may be necessary. Prior to altering the number of FTE teaching positions assigned to any class which has reached a department, the maximum class size except as provided within this articleprincipal or designee will consult with the department chair(s) affected.
7.02 1.6 In the interest of student safety, enrollment in Physical Education classes will not exceed 50 students in any one class.
1.7 Special Education case managers will be provided with a 0.2FTE release time for case management duties. Commencing in the 2014-15 school year, those case managers assigned entirely within the ILS and TRACE programs will be provided with a total of six (6) release days per school year. In addition, case managers assigned entirely within the ILS and TRACE programs will be compensated in the form of two, $1,500 semester stipends totaling $3,000 per year 1.0 FTE for case management work that is outside of the contractual work day. The site/program administrator is required aforementioned dollar amount and release days will be prorated for less than full- time employment.
1.8 Departments not fully enrolled during the Fall semester may have teaching positions (FTE) reassigned by the principal or designee during the Spring semester.
1.9 The caseloads of the following individuals shall not exceed: Speech and Language – 55 students
1.10 Appointment of Department Heads shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee. However, each year prior to discuss class size appointing department heads, the principal or designee shall consult at a member’s request if scheduled meeting with the member’s class exceeds the loading ratiodepartment affected.
7.03 Instrumental 1.11 Enrollments on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) and choral music classes may exceed of the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed sixth enrollment report period (second semester) shall be used as the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort basis for adjustments, if any are needed to schedule English composition classes comply with Sections 1.1 and 1.3 above, in grades 9-12 with a maximum number of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are teaching positions assigned to more than one grade level K-3 a department or 3-4 with to a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within school. At the financial constraints discretion of the District, to reduce class size maximums adjustments will be made earlier in those classes into which special education students each semester, if in the opinion of the Superintendent or designee, earlier adjustments are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classeswarranted.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited 1.12 Nothing in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout this Article prohibits the District within the grade levels from leaving some teaching positions allowed in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and programs consistent with the needs 1.4 above unstaffed pending determination that actual enrollments have substantially reached projected enrollments. If enrollments fall short of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features projections a proportionate number of each group. “Reasonable effort” projected teaching positions may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidego unstaffed.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 2 contracts
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement, Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEIt is recognized by the Employer and the Union that the pupil-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective program. Therefore, they agree that every effort will be made to keep class size at an acceptable number taking into consideration the building and classroom facilities available and the best interest of the District as deemed administratively feasible. The Employer and the Union agree that a recommended class size for grades K, 1, and 2 is twenty-five (25); 3 and 4, twenty-eight (28); and 5 and 6, thirty (30). These are desirable goals for the Romulus Community School District.
7.01 Students 1. The Employer and the Union agree that in every classroom especially designed for teaching a particular subject, such as typing, industrial arts classes, etc., which have standard student stations, the class size shall not exceed the number of stations. A workstation shall be assigned defined as that area which provides adequate working space necessary to any class which has reached allow a student to fulfill the requirements of the class.
2. The Employer and the Union agree that for grades kindergarten through 2, the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss for any class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 be thirty (30) students.
3. The Employer and the Union agree that for grades 3 and above for all normal academic classes (other than chorus, physical education, music, art, etc.), the maximum class size will be thirty-three (33) students in the District.
4. The ratio of students to counselors in the secondary schools shall normally be 400-1. (North Central criteria to serve as minimum).
5. Split-level classes at the elementary level are less desirable and will only be utilized at times of abnormal circumstances.
6. Class size maximums shall not take effect until the second Monday after Labor Day.
7. When class size exceeds the above maximums and no other adjustments are feasible, the Employer shall pay the Employee a stipend for any specific class size excesses as follows: Number of additional students x number of hours with additional students x One ($1.00) Dollar. The number of pupils in grades K-2 shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, 33; the District class size average number of pupils in grades 3-12 shall not exceed 1035. The above prorated stipend will be paid for as long as maximums are exceeded, and any individual retroactively to the first day the class shall not exceed 14size overload occurred.
c. 8. The District Employer and the Association Union agree to establish a that Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee classes shall be established to oversee, guide, limited in accordance with the rules and facilitate regulations of the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixDepartment of Education for these programs.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 8.1 Excluding classes participating in state Class Size Reduction Programs, the desired average class load for the District has been established at 30 students. When the average class size per site exceeds 30 students for seven (7) school days, a time- table shall be set up to establish a new classroom. This timetable shall not exceed twenty-five (25) school days. If during the timetable period the average class size drops below the maximum level, the timetable terminates. A new- time table starts when the maximum is reached again. The timetable limits can be exceeded if classroom construction is necessary. The redistribution of students at the site will be a site level decision as recommended by a site committee composed of administration and teachers, and approved by the superintendent.
8.2 The Superintendent will meet and confer with a committee of three (3) of the Association upon request of the Association or the Superintendent regarding class size decisions.
8.3 Teachers with students on independent study will not be granted additional compensation if said students cause their class size to be over the District average stated in paragraph
8.1. These students will, however, be counted in the averaging of class size per grade level.
8.4 After the first ten (10) school days, no kindergarten through third grade teacher shall be assigned more than thirty-two (32) students without the agreement of the affected teacher; similarly, no fourth through sixth grade teacher shall be assigned more than thirty-three (33) students without the agreement of the affected teacher.
8.4.1 When enrollment in any non-CSR kindergarten through sixth grade classroom exceeds thirty (30) students or any self-contained Special Education Class exceeds fourteen (14) on the tenth and twentieth days of the register month, beginning with the first register month, up to any class which has reached and including the maximum eleventh (11th) register month, the affected teacher shall receive $50 per excess student in extra pay for twenty (20) predetermined target dates.
8.4.2 The District shall make its best effort to ensure that combination classes do not exceed 28 students.
8.4.3 At grades seven and eight, the District will make its best effort to ensure that class size except as provided within averages per grade level do not exceed 30 students.
8.5 The District agrees to act in good faith in placing students in classrooms. The District agrees not to reassign students solely for the purpose of defeating a teacher's right to class size overage pay.
8.6 In the event that the District receives state funds earmarked for class size reduction, the parties shall reopen this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required 8.7 Any unit member who works beyond the normal work day in developing an independent study of five (5) or more days shall be paid additional compensation in the amount equal to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints 50% of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into prior year’s Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF) per Average Daily Attendance (ADA) allocation divided by the number of instructional days times the number of days for which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited independent study is prepared provided that the District receives compensation from the State for the student in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make independent study program. When a reasonable effort teacher is given less than three (3) days' notice to equalize class sizes as determined by develop an independent study program, the class roster throughout teacher will do the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with best she/he can to meet the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidestudent.
b. Except 8.8 Self-Contained Special Education mainstreamed students shall be counted for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program overage calculations if total of said students are in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size regular classroom for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impairedat least 2.5 hours per day, Visually Handicapped Preschoolor, SEDin the case of kindergarten, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14for at least 90 minutes.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1.1 Effective June 16, 2003, the number of fulltime equivalent teachers assigned to a school for classroom instruction shall be determined on the basis of a composite ratio of 27.5:1 students to one fulltime equivalent (FTE) teacher. Additional staffing may be added for special programs including, but not limited to, Special Education and Educational Consolidation and Improvement Act (ECIA) Chapters 1 and 2. If categorical or federal project money is received for specific teaching positions, these positions will not be taken from the composite ratio provided in this section.
7.01 Students 1.2 The composite staffing caseload ratio for Education Specialists, Mild Moderate, who are co-teaching at a comprehensive high school, shall be 22:1. This staffing caseload ratio shall not apply to STARS classes. If enrollment for ILS and STRS classes exceed 14 students, SDTA and the District will engage in conversation to problem solve.
1.3 The minimum number of counselors per comprehensive school shall be based upon a site ratio of no more than 430 students per full-time counselor. The counseling ratio at Redwood High School shall be 245:1. One of these counselors shall serve as Head Counselor at each comprehensive high school. For the purpose of determining the number of full-time equivalent counselors based upon the above student ratio, the student enrollment for each comprehensive school site shall be determined on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) of the prior year.
1.4 The normal enrollment limits for full-time teachers will not exceed 172 students for regular classrooms and 231 students for physical education and instrumental/chorus classes. Normally the enrollment for teachers with less than a full-time assignment shall be a pro- rata of the above numbers.
1.5 If actual enrollments do not conform substantially to expected enrollments, it shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee to redistribute the number of FTE teaching positions as may be necessary. Prior to altering the number of FTE teaching positions assigned to any class which has reached a department, the maximum class size except as provided within this articleprincipal or designee will consult with the department chair(s) affected.
7.02 1.6 In the interest of student safety, enrollment in Physical Education classes will not exceed 50 students in any one class.
1.7 Special Education case managers will be provided with a 0.2FTE release time for case management duties. Those case managers assigned entirely within the ILS, TRACE, and Satelite/Satelite Plus programs or other similarly self-contained SDCprograms to be developed will be provided with a total of six (6) release days per school year. In addition, case managers assigned entirely within these programs will be compensated in the form of two, $1,500 semester stipends totaling $3,000 per year 1.0 FTE for case management work that is outside of the contractual work day. The site/program administrator is required aforementioned dollar amount and release days will be prorated for less than full-time employment.
1.8 Departments not fully enrolled during the Fall semester may have teaching positions (FTE) reassigned by the principal or designee during the Spring semester.
1.9 The caseloads of the following individuals shall not exceed: Speech and Language – 55 students
1.10 Appointment of Department Heads shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee. However, each year prior to discuss class size appointing department heads, the principal or designee shall consult at a member’s request if scheduled meeting with the member’s class exceeds the loading ratiodepartment affected.
7.03 Instrumental 1.11 Enrollments on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) and choral music classes may exceed of the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed sixth enrollment report period (second semester) shall be used as the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort basis for adjustments, if any are needed to schedule English composition classes comply with Sections 1.1 and 1.3 above, in grades 9-12 with a maximum number of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are teaching positions assigned to more than one grade level K-3 a department or 3-4 with to a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within school. At the financial constraints discretion of the District, to reduce class size maximums adjustments will be made earlier in those classes into which special education students each semester, if in the opinion of the Superintendent or designee, earlier adjustments are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classeswarranted.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited 1.12 Nothing in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout this Article prohibits the District within the grade levels from leaving some teaching positions allowed in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and programs consistent with the needs 1.4 above unstaffed pending determination that actual enrollments have substantially reached projected enrollments. If enrollments fall short of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features projections a proportionate number of each group. “Reasonable effort” projected teaching positions may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidego unstaffed.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. T-K shall not exceed a maximum of Twenty (20) students.
B. All elementary school class sizes, grades Kindergarten through 3 (K-3) shall be assigned planned for twenty-three (23) not to exceed a maximum of twenty-four (24) students.
C. All elementary school class sizes, in grade 4 shall be planned for thirty-one (31) not to exceed a maximum of thirty-two (32). All elementary school class sizes, grades 5 through 6 (5-6) shall be planned for thirty-three (33) not exceed a maximum of thirty-four (34) students.
D. At the elementary level, every attempt shall be made to provide teachers with a minimum of twenty-four (24) hour notice prior to a new student entering their class.
E. All 6 through 12 grade classes at secondary schools shall not exceed a maximum of thirty-five (35) students, excluding physical education, band, chorus, study hall activities, and other similar classes. Class size for physical education classes at the middle/junior schools and high schools shall be planned for no more than forty-five (45) not to exceed fifty (50) students. Class size for band, VAPA, chorus, and study hall activities classes at the middle/junior schools and high schools shall be planned for no more than forty-five (45) not to exceed fifty (50) students.
F. Each school shall have a Class Size Advisory Committee composed of a site administrator and two teachers selected by the staff, and one site Special Education representative, to serve for a year, to consider and assess all class size problems. Each school staff shall select its committee members and inform the principal who the members are no later than the first staff meeting of the school year. Until the Class Size Advisory Committee is formed, the Site Leadership team shall serve as the Committee.
1. Within five (5) school days from the first day upon which any class enrollment exceeds the maximum, the Class Size committee shall meet to try to devise a local solution. The teacher of the affected classroom will be informed of the specific efforts being made to correct the over-enrollment concern and the day by which has reached the correction or resolution is to be made.
2. When any class becomes over-enrolled, according to the provisions of this Article, the appropriate administrator shall notify the appropriate Assistant Superintendent. The Assistant Superintendent shall notify the Governing Board no later than the second regular Governing Board meeting following the date of over-enrollment, and s/he shall report the efforts being undertaken to correct the over-enrollment.
3. After ten (10) school days(Excluding the first five (5) school days of the year) from the first day upon which any class enrollment exceed the maximum the affected teacher shall be compensated as follows:
i. The Special Ed Pre-school and Elementary Teachers of the affected classroom shall be paid an additional one half (1/2) of an hour at the hourly rate for supplemental work (Range 1 Step 1) a day for each student over the maximum class size except as provided within this articlesize.
7.02 ii. A Secondary teacher shall be paid an additional One Tenth (1/10) of an hour at the hourly rate for supplemental work per excess student per hour or portion thereof, not to exceed One Half (1/2) of the hourly rate for Supplemental work (Range 1 Step 1) per student, per day, for each student over the maximum class size. The site/program administrator is required compensation shall be retroactive to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds first day of the loading ratiooverage.
7.03 Instrumental 4. Recognized constraints on the District’s ability to correct an over-enrollment shall be the ability to house students in other classrooms, other tracks, the ability to create multi-grade classes, the ability to transport students to other sites where more space may be available, and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35need to consider parent requests.
7.04 i. Every attempt shall be made at sites providing full-day TK and/or Kindergarten to not have combination classes with either grade level.
5. The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition instructional limitations in classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum specified number of 29 studentslearning and/or work stations, i.e., shop, home economics, etc. shall be considered when class sizes are determined.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination 6. Combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in limit of the law.lowest grade
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum G. Teachers who provide release shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload scheduled to teach one class of students at a time. Release schedules shall be 28;
a. The District shall make include a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs minimum of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votesminutes of passing time between classes.
1. Teachers who provide release shall be provided access to a workspace, a phone, a computer, a copier, school supplies, access to student information systems, a secure storage, and a secure cart, if expected to rove.
I. A Joint District-Union Committee will be formed to evaluate needs and ratios for support services to students and staff. The oversight committee shall will be established formed with a 1:1 Ratio of District Admin and PVFT members, not to overseeexceed a total of 14 committee members. PVFT leadership will select representation including the following: counselors, guidelibrarians, nurses, psychologists, speech and language pathologists, SELPA classroom teachers, and facilitate union leadership, in order to make recommendations to the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixnegotiations teams. The committee will meet at least once per semester and any recommendations by this committee would go through the regular negotiations process.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEIt is acknowledged that the primary duty and responsibility of the teacher is 28 to educate students and the organization of the school and the school day 29 shall be structured to this end. Any mandated use of a teacher's time shall 30 not detract from his/her carrying out his primary duty as a classroom teacher. 31
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached A. Because the maximum pupil/teacher ratio is an important aspect of a effective 32 educational program, the parties agree that the class size except as provided within this article.should not 33 exceed the numbers listed. 34
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss 1. Whenever an elementary teacher's class size at a member’s request if is greater than the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one 35 grade level K-3 average in the building, or the class size for 36 kindergarten-2 level, or 3-4 5 level as described below, the teacher, 37 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in or without his/her IEP chosen representative, may request relief 38 and may invoke the following procedure: 39
a. When an elementary classroom exceeds twenty-five (25) in 1 kindergarten-2 level, or twenty-seven (27) in 3-5 level, or 2 twenty-three (23) in split level kindergarten-3, or twenty-five 3 (25) in split level 3-5, or an individual teacher feels that 4 his/her individual classroom needs relief, the building 5 principal will initiate an appraisal with the staff of class 6 loads in all classrooms of that building. The appraisal shall 7 be made prior to the eighth school day of the first semester 8 and the unique features first Friday of each groupthe second semester. “Reasonable effort” 9
b. If it is recommended in writing to or by the principal that 10 relief is needed, then the building principal shall forward 11 such recommendation to the assistant superintendent for 12 personnel. This recommendation may include, but suggest the assignment of a 13 teacher aide or the reassignment of students. 14
c. If the process of resolving the matter is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that siteinitiated within 15 five (5) workdays, or adding if relief is not given within ten (10) 16 workdays, the teacher or teachers affected, and/or the 17 principal, and/or the assistant superintendent for personnel, 18 shall request a hearing with the superintendent of schools. 19 This hearing will be held within the next five (5) workdays 20 unless unforeseen circumstances arise that require the 21 superintendent of schools to be out of the district during that 22 time. 23
d. The results of the hearing shall be implemented within ten (10) 24 workdays. 25
e. If an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average aide is employed to alleviate a class size within problem, the SDC program 26 enrollment in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific that class shall not exceed 17 thirty (30) pupils 27 until all other grade level classes in the building reach 28 thirty (30) students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesthe case of a split level class, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual 29 enrollment of that class shall not exceed 14.twenty-seven (27) 30 pupils until all other grade level classes in that building 31 reach thirty (30) students. Any students assigned beyond the 32 twenty-seven (27) or thirty (30) shall be balanced equally. 33
c. The District 2. To resolve problems in class size in all other classrooms except 34 elementary classrooms, scheduling will reflect an even balance of 35 total classloads for all teachers within departments, as well as 36 balancing class sizes evenly during the same hour. Whenever a 37 teacher recognizes that the needs of his/her students are not being 38 adequately met because of classload, the teacher may invoke the 39 following procedure: 40
a. When a middle school or high school teacher's class size 41 exceeds the numbers listed below, the teacher, with or without 42 his/her representative, shall communicate with his/her 43 principal the relief sought and attempt to resolve the Association agree matter. 44 Category I Middle School Classes:
A) Physical Education 40 2 B) Academic, including Health 27 3 Category II High School Classes: 4
A) English 25 5 B) Social Studies, Gen. Education, 6 Science, Mathematics, Language 7 and Health 30 8 C) Business and Typing 32 9 D) Industrial Arts and Vocational 10 Shops 20 11 E) Home Economics 20 12 F) Physical Education 40 13 G) Art and Drafting 27 14 H) Chemistry and Physics 27 15 I) Foreign Language 25 16 If it is recommended in writing to establish or by the principal that 17 relief is needed, then the building principal shall forward 18 such recommendation to the assistant superintendent for 19 personnel. This recommendation may suggest the assignment of a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed 20 teacher aide, the reassignment of seven members students or the scheduling of which a majority are teachers21 an overload class. The committee shall recognize that consensus is 22 If the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus process of resolving the matter is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require initiated within 23 five (5) votesworkdays, or if relief is not given within ten (10) 24 workdays, the teacher or teachers affected, and/or the 25 principal, and/or the assistant superintendent for personnel, 26 shall request a hearing with the superintendent of schools. The oversight committee shall 27 This hearing will be established held within the next five (5) workdays 28 unless unforeseen circumstances arise that require the 29 superintendent of schools to oversee, guide, and facilitate be out of the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program district during that shall include no more than six30 time. 31
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 13.1 Each year the District shall establish staffing ratios for grades K, 1-3, 4-5, 6-8, 9-12 in core academic subjects (math, social science, English, science, foreign language), consistent with any Education Code requirement. The District shall provide the Association with an opportunity to provide input prior to the established of these ratios. The District shall communicate the staffing ratios to the Association president on or before the beginning of each term. In determining class sizes, the District shall consider the effect of mainstreaming special education students and English Learner students into regular classes. Special Education class sizes shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Education Code. Special Day Classes, Advanced Placement and Class Size Reduction classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached included in computing the maximum class size except as provided within this articlestaffing ratios.
7.02 13.2 Within three weeks after the beginning of each term the District shall provide to the Association president a report of classes and student enrollment.
13.3 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size District shall consider the distribution of students among classes at a member’s request if given grade level or subject in a school and the member’s distribution of students within a given subject area in determining class sizes. In addition, the district shall take into consideration the number of work stations available.
13.4 In the event that any K-5 class exceeds the loading ratiostaffing ratio by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes 13.5 In the event that any 6-12 grade class exceeds the staffing ratios by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may exceed request a conference with the maximums by 1.5 timessite administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. Physical education classes may exceed At the maximum by 1.35unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.04 The site/program administrator 13.6 No Advanced Placement or Honors classes except for two (2) classes shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes continue at the secondary level that has an enrollment of fifteen (15) or fewer students at the beginning of the semester in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 studentswhich it is offered.
7.05 13.7 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special staffing ratio for Physical Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the 50 students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 studentsper class. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not event that PE classes exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require this staffing ratio by five (5) votesthree (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference. This provision does not apply to team sports related PE classes or classes where the Athletic Director is a teacher of record for a sports team. At the beginning of each semester, a meeting will be scheduled with 6th period high school PE teachers and site administration to review class sizes.
13.8 Administration shall meet with representation from each school and grade level to determine schedules and time utilization. The oversight committee District shall provide the necessary training and state standard aligned curriculum. Three (3) hours of aide time shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate provided daily at each elementary school. Bargaining Unit Members shall provide line of sight supervision of the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixaides equitably on a rotational basis.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE10.1 The Association and the District recognize that maintaining class size within the following guidelines has implications on the educational and financial program of the District.
7.01 Students shall not 10.2 After District needs and special program requirements have been met, pupils will be distributed as equally as economically and educationally feasible among employees assigned to any a grade level, subject area, or special assignment area.
10.3 The District shall maintain an average class which has reached the maximum enrollment for each schoolsite for TK, kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, of not more than 25 pupils for each schoolsite in kindergarten and grades 1 to 3, inclusive, as bargained pursuant to Education Code 42238.02.
10.3.1 The class size except as provided within this articlewhile participating in the class size reduction program shall follow State of California Regulations.
7.02 The site/10.4 Every effort should be made to maintain a class maximum based on program administrator is required requirements but not to discuss class size at exceed thirty (30) in grades 4-8 except in physical education
10.4.1 If a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds thirty (30), it should be immediately brought before the loading ratioSuperintendent so that efforts can be made to correct the situation.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed 10.4.2 The District has the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed flexibility to have an additional fifteen (15) students per grade level District-wide for each grade 4-8 above the maximum by 1.3530 student limit in order to accommodate enrollment fluctuations.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes 10.5 Classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 studentsshall not normally exceed thirty (30) pupils except in traditionally large group instruction or in classes where enrollment fluctuates (i.e., vocal music, band, P.E., etc.) and should be limited to less than thirty (30) for classes where work stations, equipment, space, and the law dictates (i.e., science labs, industrial arts, drafting, homemaking, and special education).
7.05 10.5.1 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort parties recognize that some classes may exceed thirty (30) to schedule combination compensate for small classes required in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsthe educational program.
7.06 The District 10.5.2 (Seven period day configuration / grades 9-12) It is agreed that student contacts will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require one hundred ninety-five (5195) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to overseepupils per day except in traditionally large group classes (i.e.: PE, guidemusic, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixband, etc.)
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The 8.1 District management will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize establish class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the instructional needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP District, the building facilities available and the unique features financial conditions of the District, except as specified below.
8.2 Class size in any program having statutory limits, including special education, shall conform to state and federal mandates.
8.3 The district wide pupil-teacher ratio shall be 30.5 students per regular classroom teacher (FTE). This ratio is limited in its application to “regular” classroom teachers and does not include traditional large group instruction (e.g., physical education, band, chorus, JROTC), nor does it include traditionally small classes such as class size reduction and Special Education. Class size reduction classes are exempt from the ratio only to the extent the District receives funding from the state or federal government for class size reduction classes. By way of example, if the funding received by the District pays for 80% of the class size reduction classes, then 80% of the class size reduction classes will be excluded from the class size ratio.
8.3.1 No class within the ratio shall exceed a student enrollment of 36 later than the end of the fourth week of each groupsemester, without the written permission of the teacher. Such permission shall be obtained on the form contained in Appendix D. No teacher in his or her first year of teaching shall be allowed to have a regular class that exceeds the class size cap of 36 students.
8.3.2 The District will use its best efforts to balance “Reasonable efforttraditional large group classes” may includeas soon as possible after the commencement of each semester. Such classes shall be balanced no later than the end of the fourth week of each semester.
8.3.3 The District shall limit size of Physical Education classes to a maximum of 50 students. No class within the ratio shall exceed a student enrollment of 50 later than the end of the fourth week of each semester without the written permission of the teacher. Such permission shall be obtained on the form contained in Appendix D.
8.4 District-wide-pupil-teacher ratio shall be verified at the end of the fourth week of each semester. Positions excluded from the designation of “regular” classroom teachers shall be staffed as follows:
8.4.1 Counselors’ assigned case load shall not exceed 500:1, but is not limited to include, busing students less than one (1) counselor per school.
8.4.2 One (1) Work Experience Coordinator per school
8.4.3 One (1) Activities Director per school
8.5 The district wide pupil-teacher ratio shall be at the end of the fourth (4th) week of each semester using the format developed by CVUHSD/CVSTA. District/school administrators will update this form on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideperiodic basis.
b. Except 8.6 Class size for Hearing Impairedall special education (all designations including Speech-Language Pathologists) classes shall not exceed SELPA best practice. DIS Counselors, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, Speech- Language Pathologists and ▇Special Education case managers case loads shall be set in accordance with applicable law. The District shall use its best efforts to have any special education student’s case managers be one of the student’s teachers.
8.7 The District shall limit the number of administrators to bargaining unit members to the number indicated by the “▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size ” of 1 administrator for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are every 14 classroom teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions list of administrators and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee teachers shall be established submitted to oversee, guide, CVSTA by the 6th week of the fall semester and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six2nd week of the spring semester.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE6.1 The District will commit to maintaining average class size at each elementary school site in grades K (inclusive of TK) through 3 at 24, but in no case shall the average class size in grade K (inclusive of TK) through 3 at each elementary school exceed 26 while the Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF) class-size guidelines remain in effect. Should the LCFF class-size guideline change, this section shall be rendered null and void.
7.01 Students 6.1.1 All other average class sizes will be maintained at no greater than 30. Additionally, the District recognizes its obligation not to exceed enrollment of 24 for TK, 27 for grades K-3, and 35 for grades 4-12 (except for such traditional large group classes for which a stipend is paid; e.g. ASB, band, orchestra, yearbook, journalism, visual and performing arts, vocal music, etc.) for a period of 15 consecutive work days following the start of each semester/trimester or seven consecutive working days during the school year. For the purposes of this Article, teaching assistants assigned to sections shall not be assigned to any included in the calculation of class which has reached the maximum size. The class size except as provided within this articlemaximum for physical education classes (excluding athletic teams) shall be 50. The District also affirms that the adherence to these limits is both desirable and preferable. Recognizing that circumstances beyond the District’s control can result in the enrollment of students that cause the enrollment of a given class to exceed these limits and terms; after consulting with the department chair or an RBTA Executive Board member, the District will adhere to the following guidelines:
6.1.1.1 Community Day School class size shall not exceed fifteen (15) enrolled students on any given day.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss 6.1.2 When the enrollment of student(s) results in an abrogation of the class size limit, but is not sufficient to reorganize classes in order to open an additional class or section of at least twenty students, the receiving teacher will be compensated accordingly. The District will build systems and processes to ensure that stipends are paid in a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratiotimely fashion.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed 6.1.3 There shall be no breaching of the maximums class size limits by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35more than four (4) students per class or section.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to 6.1.4 Where more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with class exists within a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with that can accommodate the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesenrolling student, the District class size average principal shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14consult with each teacher qualified to accept the student.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. In assigning students to classes, class size, if possible, shall not be assigned limited to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to no more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 28 students.
7.06 The District . At the elementary level, the administration will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort work to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster size throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent district. The administrator will work with the needs classroom teacher where class size is a concern of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each groupeither party. “Reasonable effort” may includeIn grades six through ▇▇, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesto limit a daily student load of no more than 168 students, average excluding band and choir, six periods a day, 28 students per class. The administration will work to equalize class size within among common courses. The final decision must rest with the SDC program administration in regard to the total program.
1. Teachers with a supervisory responsibility shall not have responsibility for more than 85 students in duty assignments.
2. All certified/licensed staff will receive, before the last student day of school, a print out of their teaching assignments and anticipated student loads for the next year. Common course and grade level student loads shall be available upon request. The items B. C. and D below will be used as guidelines in the District shall not exceed 12 discussion between the teacher and the administration.
B. A student could count as one pupil unless the student is included as a special needs student or a student with a disability, in which case the student could count as two (2) students.
C. Subject to paragraph A of this article, a student with two (2) or more categorical classifications (as categorical classifications are defined by the Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children), excluding speech as a category, will count as two (2) students. The class size for any administration will work with the classroom teacher where a specific class category is a concern. The final decision must rest with the administration in regard to the total program. The “multiple count” of the paragraph C shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14require additional staff.
c. D. The District and determination of the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed size of seven members of which a majority are teachersregular classes with included students will take into consideration any extraordinary demands on physical space, teacher contact, and/or teacher supervision. The committee shall recognize participation of a special education teacher and/or aide could change the teacher/pupil ratio of the regular classroom teacher.
E. The employer will not submit a waiver request to the State Department of Education or to any other agency with competent jurisdiction in order to exceed the maximum number of disabled students that consensus is are permitted in a classroom without first allowing the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixinput of MLEA.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Negotiated Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned A. District will attempt to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss keep class size at 28 students except those grade levels where class size is determined to be Education Code Chapter 6.10, Class Size Reduction Program, and physical education, chorus, and band classes capped at 35. Due to the implementation of a member’s request larger curriculum span, the District will attempt to cap multi-grade level classes at 20.
1. The District will attempt to cap Special Day Classes at a number designated by the SELPA and for student enrollment in any SDC classroom exceeding twelve, shall be provided two Special Education Program Aids, not including one-on-one assistants. The District shall be sensitive to extra effort needed to help disabled students as they attend general education classrooms. The Association leadership may bring to the attention of the Superintendent those situations where extra effort may warrant consideration to determine if the memberstudent should count as two (2) students for the class size limits. The Superintendent’s class exceeds the loading ratiodecision shall be final.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may 2. District Psychologists. The District will attempt to cap at 12 Cognitive Assessments per month. Any excess in assessments shall be compensated in accordance in Section C. below.
3. District Speech Therapist, as an itinerant service provider, the District will attempt to cap caseloads at 50. Any students in excess of these models shall be compensated in accordance with Section C. below.
B. Should any class exceed the maximums limits in VII.A, the District will attempt to:
1. Reorganize one or more classes, with the transfer of students, or assist the bargaining unit member by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35providing paraprofessional staff.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort 2. Individual bargaining unit members may agree to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 accept additional students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in 3. Within an individual school, an individual classroom (K-8) which reaches 27 students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other increase without equalizing classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidegrade level in that school. Any individual classroom in K-8 which reaches 30 students shall not increase without equalizing classes at that grade level District-wide.
b. Except for Hearing ImpairedC. At the request of the Association, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, meet with the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District bargaining unit member and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is discuss the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievablereasons and attempt(s) to bring the class within the limits and determine an appropriate, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guidesafe, and facilitate reasonable solution to the following initiatives:situation. If the District is unable to bring the class size to or below the numbers specified in paragraph A, for each month that the class size exceeds the specified number, for each additional pupil, the district will pay the teacher a stipend of $100.00 per pupil per month in departmentalized programs, or pay the teacher a stipend of $300.00 per month in self-contained classrooms.
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixA. DEFINITIONS
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 1.1 Effective June 16, 2003, the number of fulltime equivalent teachers assigned to a school for classroom instruction shall be determined on the basis of a composite ratio of 27.5:1 students to one fulltime equivalent (FTE) teacher. Additional staffing may be added for special programs including, but not limited to, Special Education and Educational Consolidation and Improvement Act (ECIA) Chapters 1 and 2. If categorical or federal project money is received for specific teaching positions, these positions will not be assigned to any class which has reached taken from the maximum class size except as composite ratio provided within in this articlesection.
7.02 1.2 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effortcomposite staffing caseload ratio for Education Specialists, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center , who are co-teaching at a comprehensive high school, shall be 22:1. This staffing caseload ratio shall not apply to STARS classes. If enrollment for ILS and STRS classes exceed 14 students, average class size within the SDC program in SDTA and the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14will engage in conversation to problem solve.
c. 1.3 The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed minimum number of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee counselors per comprehensive school shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include based upon a site ratio of no more than six430 students per full-time counselor. The counseling ratio at Redwood High School shall be 245:1. One of these counselors shall serve as Head Counselor at each comprehensive high school. For the purpose of determining the number of full-time equivalent counselors based upon the above student ratio, the student enrollment for each comprehensive school site shall be determined on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) of the prior year.
1.4 The normal enrollment limits for full-time teachers will not exceed 172 students for regular classrooms and 231 students for physical education and instrumental/chorus classes. Normally the enrollment for teachers with less than a full-time assignment shall be a pro- rata of the above numbers.
1.5 If actual enrollments do not conform substantially to expected enrollments, it shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee to redistribute the number of FTE teaching positions as may be necessary. Prior to altering the number of FTE teaching positions assigned to a department, the principal or designee will consult with the department chair(s) affected.
1.6 In the interest of student safety, enrollment in Physical Education classes will not exceed 50 students in any one class.
1.7 Special Education case managers will be provided with a 0.2FTE release time for case management duties. Commencing in the 2014-15 school year, those case managers assigned entirely within the ILS and TRACE programs will be provided with a total of six (6) release days per school year. In addition, case managers assigned entirely within the ILS and TRACE programs will be compensated in the form of two, $1,500 semester stipends totaling $3,000 per year 1.0 FTE for case management work that is outside of the contractual work day. The aforementioned dollar amount and release days will be prorated for less than full-time employment.
1.8 Departments not fully enrolled during the Fall semester may have teaching positions (FTE) reassigned by the principal or designee during the Spring semester.
1.9 The caseloads of the following individuals shall not exceed: Speech and Language – 55 students
1.10 Appointment of Department Heads shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee. However, each year prior to appointing department heads, the principal or designee shall consult at a scheduled meeting with the department affected.
1.11 Enrollments on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) and of the sixth enrollment report period (second semester) shall be used as the basis for adjustments, if any are needed to comply with Sections 1.1 and 1.3 above, in number of teaching positions assigned to a department or to a school. At the discretion of the District, adjustments will be made earlier in each semester, if in the opinion of the Superintendent or designee, earlier adjustments are warranted.
1.12 Nothing in this Article prohibits the District from leaving some teaching positions allowed in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 above unstaffed pending determination that actual enrollments have substantially reached projected enrollments. If enrollments fall short of projections a proportionate number of projected teaching positions may go unstaffed.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE6.1 The District will commit to maintaining average class size at each elementary school site in grades K (inclusive of TK) through 3 at 24, but in no case shall the average class size in grade K (inclusive of TK) through 3 at each elementary school exceed 26 while the Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF) class-size guidelines remain in effect. Should the LCFF class-size guideline change, this section shall be rendered null and void.
7.01 Students 6.1.1 All other average class sizes will be maintained at no greater than 30. Additionally, the District recognizes its obligation not to exceed enrollment of 24 for TK, 27 for grades K-3, and 35 for grades 4-12 (except for such traditional large group classes for which a stipend is paid; e.g. ASB, band, orchestra, yearbook, journalism, visual and performing arts, vocal music, etc.) for a period of 15 consecutive work days following the start of each semester/trimester or seven consecutive working days during the school year. For the purposes of this Article, teaching assistants assigned to sections shall not be assigned to any included in the calculation of class which has reached the maximum size. The class size except as provided within this articlemaximum for physical education classes (excluding athletic teams) shall be 50. The District also affirms that the adherence to these limits is both desirable and preferable. Recognizing that circumstances beyond the District’s control can result in the enrollment of students that cause the enrollment of a given class to exceed these limits and terms; after consulting with the department chair or an RBTA Executive Board member, the District will adhere to the following guidelines:
6.1.1.1 Community Day School class size shall not exceed fifteen (15) enrolled students on any given day.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss 6.1.2 When the enrollment of student(s) results in an abrogation of the class size limit, but is not sufficient to reorganize classes in order to open an additional class or section of at a member’s request if least twenty students, the member’s receiving teacher will be compensated accordingly:
6.1.3 There shall be no breaching of the class exceeds the loading ratiosize limits by more than four (4) students per class or section.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to 6.1.4 Where more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 class exists within a school that can accommodate the needs of the enrolling student, the principal shall consult with a maximum each teacher qualified to accept the student to gain the acceptance and consent of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsthe teacher prior to enrolling the student.
7.06 6.1.5 Where only one class exists within a school that can accommodate the needs of the enrolling students (for reasons such as program offering, qualifications, specialized training/authorization, etc.) and which thereby prevents the opening of an additional class or section, the receiving teacher shall receive an additional $50 per student, per semester or trimester. All compensation shall be prorated according to the percentage of days per semester/trimester that a student is enrolled on the teacher’s roster.
6.1.6 The District will make every effort to place students with IEP’s and/or 504 plans proportionally among general education teachers. Unit members with a reasonable effortdisproportionate number of students on IEP’s and/or 504 plans as compared to the other teachers in the same grade level or department at their site shall be provided relief through measures such as, within but not limited to, being assigned a classroom aide, reduced class size, reduced number of subject preparations at the financial constraints of the Districtsecondary level, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classesetc.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The 6.1.7 District shall make a reasonable effort endeavor to equalize maintain all elementary class sizes as determined by closely as possible to the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of grade-level average at each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that school site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired6.2 The computations in 6.1 do not include Special Education, Visually Handicapped PreschoolSCROC, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, Chapter 1 or Class Size Reduction and any individual class shall certificated staff member not exceed 14assigned to a class.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General 6.2.1 Limits on caseloads for resource specialist teachers are governed by California Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixCode 56362.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 3.1 It shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints goal of the District, Board to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average maintain class size within the SDC program following limits: Kindergarten 18-23 Pre-First 10-15 Grades 1-4 20-25 Grades 5-6 25-30 Grades 7-12 25-30 Remedial Classes 7-12 20 Psychologist Two per District In determining class sizes, attention will be given to the special needs of students being “mainstreamed.” Teachers will be notified as soon as possible of those students being “mainstreamed.” The District will work to provide an equitable distribution within a building of those being “main-streamed.” Further, School Administrators, Special Education Teachers, and Classroom Teachers will meet, upon the request of any of the above, to review problems in class size due to “mainstreaming.”
3.2 It shall be the goal of the Board to maintain class size in the District shall not area of Physical Education at a mean which will fall within 30 through 40 range. Classes may exceed 12 students. The class size for 40 and be less than 30 provided the mean is within the range.
3.3 Subjects such as Chorus, Band and Driver Education Book Class will be exempt from these goals.
3.4 In the event, after October 1st of any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesschool year during the term of this Agreement, the District size of a class size average shall not exceed 10exceeds the maximum limit stated in section 3.1, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District the Board and the Association agree to establish jointly shall appoint a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven committee which may include members of which a majority are teachersthe Board, District Administrators and the President of the Association to review the situation and to report their recommendations, if any, to reduce the size of the class, or to take such other actions as may be appropriate. The committee This shall recognize that consensus is not alter or diminish any rights the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee Association may have regarding the enforcement of the class sizes indicated above.
3.5 It shall be established the goal of the Board of Education for English, Math, Science and Social Studies teachers in Grades 7-12 that the teaching load not exceed 120 students.
3.6 It shall be the goal of the Board of Education to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixmaintain a student load not to exceed 250 students per guidance counselor.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 11.1 Each year the District shall establish staffing ratios for grades TK, K, 1-3, 4-5, 6-8, 9-12 in core academic subjects (math, social science, English, science, foreign language), consistent with any Education Code requirement. The District shall provide the Association with an opportunity to provide input prior to the establishment of these ratios. At the request of the Association, the District shall communicate the staffing ratios to the Association president prior to the adoption of the budget for the fiscal year. In determining class sizes, the District shall consider the effect of mainstreaming special education students and English Learner students into regular classes. Special Education class sizes shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Education Code. Special Day Classes, Advanced Placement, and Class Size Reduction classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached included in computing the maximum class size except as provided within this articlestaffing ratios.
7.02 11.2 At the request of the Association, within three weeks after the beginning of each term the District shall provide to the Association president a report of classes and student enrollment.
11.3 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size District shall consider the distribution of students among classes at a member’s request if given grade level or subject in a school and the member’s distribution of students within a given subject area in determining class sizes. In addition, the District shall take into consideration the number of work stations available.
11.4 After initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, in the event that any TK-5 class exceeds the loading ratiostaffing ratio (per Article
11.1) by three (3) students, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed 11.5 In the maximums event that any 6-12 grade class exceeds the staffing ratios by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35three (3) students (per Article 11.
7.04 The site/program 1) after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 studentsbe present at the conference.
7.05 The site/program administrator 11.6 No more than two (2) Advanced Placement or Honors classes shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes continue at the secondary level that has an enrollment of fifteen (15) or fewer students at the beginning of the semester in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsit is offered.
7.06 11.7 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special staffing ratio for Physical Education Classes shall not exceed 50 students per class. In the maximum cited in event that any individual PE class exceeds this staffing ratio after initial class balancing at the lawbeginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference. This provision does not apply to team sports related PE classes or classes where the Athletic Director is a teacher of record for a sports team. At the beginning of each semester, a meeting will be scheduled with 6th period high school PE teachers and site administration to review class sizes.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum 11.8 Administration shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. meet with representation from each school and grade level to determine schedules and time utilization. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by provide the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels necessary training and programs consistent with the needs state standard aligned curriculum. Three (3) hours of aide time shall be provided daily at each elementary school. Bargaining Unit Members shall provide line of sight supervision of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students aides equitably on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aiderotational basis.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE3.1 For the purpose of this Article, a teacher is defined as any certificated individual assigned to a full-day class of instruction on a regular basis, exclusive of special education. This could be for whatever portion of the day they are assigned (1 hour = 20% of an assignment).
7.01 Students 3.2 Transitional Kindergarten through third grade classes district wide shall be staffed to comply with student- teacher ratios as determined by Education Code 41376 and 41378; or staffed at levels in compliance with a fully funded, non-encroaching, Class Size Reduction program, whichever class size is less. In addition, the school wide annual kindergarten through third grade class size averages shall not be assigned exceed any classroom maximum as defined in Education Code 41376 and 41378. The parties agree to any class which has reached this language in order to comply with the maximum class size except reduction requirements set forth in the Local Control Funding Formula (Education Code 42238.02). Should any authority of competent jurisdiction conclude that this language does not satisfy those requirements, the parties agree to meet as provided within this articlesoon as possible with the intent of negotiating language that will satisfy those requirements.
7.02 The site3.3 When an individual class in grades 4, 5 and 6 exceeds thirty-five (35) students for more than twenty (20) days, or when in a self-contained/departmentalized program administrator is required to discuss the average class size at a member’s request if the memberfor content areas of math, science, language arts, and social science exceeds 35 students (175 student contacts) relief procedures as set forth below shall be instituted.
3.4 In grades 7 through 8, an individual teacher’s class exceeds size average in the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental following content areas of math, science, language arts, social science, and choral music languages other than English shall not exceed thirty-five (35) students (175 student contacts). Recognizing the collaborative relationship between the Association and the District, an individual teacher or staff may voluntarily agree to exceed these limits to deliver programs in an alternative way. When a teacher’s student contacts exceed 175 for more than twenty (20) days, relief procedures as set forth below shall be initiated. Class size for activity classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 timessuch as art, band, chorus, orchestra, and industrial arts, will be established with consideration given to safety and space available. Physical education classes may exceed class size averages shall be forty-five (45) students, or fewer, with no class exceeding fifty (50) students without the maximum by 1.35prior concurrence of the current teacher.
7.04 3.5 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students relief procedures referenced above are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students as follows and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not be limited to include, busing to:
A. Transfer of students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidewithin the school.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program B. Transfer of students between schools.
C. Addition of staff member.
D. Student Helper assistance to students in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsindividual classroom(s) involved.
E. Itinerant specialist/physical education, art, music, etc. The class size for any specific class site administrator shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, discuss with his/her staff the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14relief procedure to be implemented before the final decision is made by the site administrator.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee 3.6 Specific attention shall be established paid to oversee, guide, the composition of combination classes pertaining to the selectivity and facilitate numbers of students as compared to the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixmakeup of single grade classes.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not The Board and the Association agree that twenty-eight (28) pupils is a reasonable classload. Exceptions to these limitations are physical education classes, band, chorus, and study halls. Laboratory classes will be assigned limited in size to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleequipment available.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times1. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort will be limited to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort forty (40). Class sizes from 36 to schedule combination classes in which 40 students are assigned will be compensated at $75.00 per section to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 $450.00 per semester. Band/Instrumental Music and Chorus/Vocal Music exceeding 35 students and will be compensated at $75.00 per section. Advisory/Homeroom sections exceeding twenty-five (25) students on or after November 1st of each school year will be compensated an additional $75.00 per section per semester. Every attempt will be made to balance sections as the schedule permits. A Middle School teacher will be defined as a teacher who teaches four (4) or more Middle School classes.
2. Classes in grades Young 5's-2 that exceed 28 students will have additional paraprofessional time assigned. Classes in grades 3-6 with a maximum that exceed 28 students may have additional paraprofessional time assigned. Every regular classroom teacher in grades Y 5’s – 6 shall receive one hundred fifty (150) minutes per week of 30 studentsgeneral education paraprofessional assistance time per week.
7.06 3. The District will make a reasonable effort, within Board and the financial constraints Association acknowledge that least restrictive environment mainstreaming of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, is legally mandated and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited intended in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum best educational interest of the student. For the purpose of this section, such students shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload referred to as "mainstreamed students." Mainstreamed students shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes defined as determined those students placed into the special education process through an Individual Education Planning Committee (IEPC) evaluation. Furthermore, they agree that placement of these students into an appropriate environment as required by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the law or needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and places extraordinary demands on the unique features classroom teacher. The Board agrees to provide additional paraprofessional time to any teacher who has more than four (4) mainstreamed students assigned to any one (1) class unless that teacher volunteers to take the additional mainstreamed students without the assistance of each groupa paraprofessional. “Reasonable effort” may includeFurthermore, but is not limited the Board agrees to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving create class schedules that allow for the balancing of mainstreamed students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsextent possible. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee Additional shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate defined for the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixpurposes of this paragraph as two (2) hours per day paraprofessional time for elementary teachers in grades Y 5’s
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students (a) The Committee and the Union recognize the desirability of achieving optimum teaching-learning conditions by assuring workable class size. To this end the Committee recognizes that it is desirable to attempt to reach the following class size maxima: – 20 pupils in classes of academically talented or slow academic achievers – 12 pupils in industrial arts classes composed of special class students To achieve these class size targets, the Committee and the Union agree that the following class size maxima shall not be in effect: – 20 pupils in industrial classes – 35 pupils in physical education in the middle and the high schools – 20 pupils in Structured English Immersion (SEI) classes, Bilingual Classes, and ESL classes. – 25 pupils in Structured English Immersion (SEI) classes, Bilingual Classes, and ESL classes with a paraprofessional. In rooms with specific student stations (shops, typing rooms, laboratories) the number of pupils assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall such rooms should not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum number of student stations available. An appropriate number of regular teachers shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload hired to make possible the aforementioned class size maxima. Class size for program prototypes 502.2, 502.3 and 502.4 shall conform with Regulations published by the State Department of Education. The class size maxima during this Agreement shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize as follows: K1, K2, and Grade 1 and 2 22 Grade 3 25 Grade 4 25 Grade 5 25 Grade 4 & 5 AWC 25 Notwithstanding the above-listed class sizes size maxima table, effective September 1, 2013, the class size maximum in Grade 6 at schools designated as determined “Level 3” and “Level 4” by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels Department of Elementary and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP Secondary Education shall be twenty-six (26) and the unique features class size maximum in Grade 9 at schools designated as “Level 3” and “Level 4” by the Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (“DESE”) shall be thirty (30). Additionally, each group. of following schools shall be treated as a “Reasonable effortLevel 3” may includeschool until such time as such school(s) receive a designation from DESE: King K-8, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇., ▇▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes.
(b) Effective September 1, 2001 In elementary schools where there is only one regular education class in a grade level, the District School Department may exceed the class size average shall not maxima by one or two students. For one student over the class size maxima the teacher will receive $1,500 and for two students $3,000. In secondary schools where there is a singular regular education course offering, the School Department may exceed 10the class size maxima by one or two students. For one student in excess, the teacher will receive $300 per class and any individual class shall not exceed 14for two students, $600 per class. Compensation under this section will be on a pro rata basis and will be subject to retirement deductions.
c. The District (c) No compensation shall be owed for class size grievances resolved within fifteen school days of the filing of the grievance.
(d) In the event the maximum class size is exceeded, the building administrator and the Association agree classroom teacher will discuss in good faith appropriate educational solutions. These might include the assignment of a Para-professional to establish assist the teacher, a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize reduction in the teacher’s nonteaching duties, insuring the teacher an overall average class size that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six85% of the maximum, and similar measures. Ultimately, the classroom teacher may insist that the class size maximum be enforced.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Educational Services
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEa. For the purpose of this section, "restricted classes" shall be defined as language classes, English 1A, 1B, and 1C, basic skills-building classes, laboratory classes, and classes conducted in classrooms with capacities of fewer than 30 students. Writing Workshop classes shall be limited to a maximum of 12 students in each section. "Non-restricted" classes for the purpose of this section shall be defined as all other classes. Additional students may be enrolled in a restricted class only with written consent of the instructor.
7.01 Students b. The maximum class size for restricted classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached 30 students, unless there are fewer than 30 work stations available in a classroom; in such cases, the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 shall be determined by the number of work stations available. The site/program administrator is required to discuss maximum class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music for non-restricted classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 be 67 students.
7.05 The sitec. Work Experience faculty workload shall be distributed as follows: 1 lecture hour credit for 1-10 students/class 2 lecture hours credit for 11-20 students/class 3 lecture hours credit for 21 or more students/class
d. Full-time contract and regular instructors' classes not cancelled prior to the first day of a semester shall remain open for enrollment until the fourth day following the first meeting of a semester, until the second class meeting of evening classes, or until the third day following the first class meeting of summer school. In reaching a decision regarding the cancellation of a class, the District should consider whether the course is required for a major, to complete a sequence, or to complete graduation or transfer requirements. Should the District determine to cancel a class, the District may assign the affected faculty members to a special assignment.
e. Maximum class size may be increased by the District-designated administrator in the best interest of the educational program administrator and with the written consent of the instructor involved. Instructors having classes which have not reached maximum class size limits shall make a reasonable effort accept students whose classes have been cancelled for enrollment through the second week of instruction. It shall be the goal of each department to schedule combination classes in which maintain at least 30 students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 per class.
f. Minimum class size for restricted classes, except for writing workshops, shall be 18 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce minimum class size maximums in those for unrestricted classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by 27 students, except when the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesof Academic Affairs after consultation with the instructor and the appropriate division chair, average class size within determines, for academic consideration or because only one section of a core course is offered during the SDC program day or evening, that a lower number is in the District shall not exceed 12 students. best interest of the educational program.
g. The class size parties recognize the District's responsibility to offer, periodically, experimental courses, as well as courses necessary for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SEDstudents to complete majors and sequences, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesshall meet these responsibilities on an as-needed basis. It is understood that classes in such courses would be offered with fewer than the minimum required. Class sizes shall be limited in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the District class size average shall not exceed 10policies, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievablehealth, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guidesafety, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixfire regulations.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. The District shall utilize the following staffing ratios for the allocation of classroom teachers to a school: Allocation of Teacher Positions Grades 4‐5 One (1) teacher per 31 average student enrollment per school Grades 6‐8 One (1) teacher per 30 average student enrollment per school Grades 9‐12 One (1) teacher per 28.8 average student enrollment per school When requested, site administrators shall discuss and attempt to resolve the concerns of teachers relating to class size. Reasonable effort will be made to ensure that no core class exceeds 34 students for grades 4‐5, and 36 students in grades 6‐12. In the event that class size exceeds this number, the site administrator shall immediately schedule a meeting with the teacher(s) and the TANLA site representative or designee to attempt to find a mutually acceptable solution. If it is not resolved at this level, the District Superintendent or designee and TANLA President or designee shall meet to explore a mutually acceptable solution. The efforts to find a mutually acceptable option or outcome shall not be assigned subject to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental grievance procedures in Article VIII. (In keeping with past practice, traditionally large classes such and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 timesBand and PE are excluded). Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a For grades 6‐12, reasonable effort shall be made to schedule English composition ensure that core classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 the same subject, grade level, and period shall have an equitable distribution of students.
7.05 The site1. For grades TK/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 K‐3, starting with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsthe 2019‐20 school year, staffing projections will be calculated at 24.2:1.
7.06 The District will make 2. For grades 4‐12 after a reasonable effortwaiting period of two (2) weeks from the first day of student attendance for enrollment stabilization to occur, within if the financial constraints application of the Districtabove staffing ratios results in a fraction of .65 or more school wide, an additional teacher position shall be allocated to the school, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integratedbe evaluated at the end of the trimester/semester pending enrollment. If, in remedial classesafter this initial waiting period and placement of teachers, a site’s school wide enrollment rises above the staffing ratios by a fraction of .65 or more, and in high holds for two (2) weeks, then the school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixallocated
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE3.02.1 Teaching is the essential act in education and a reasonable pupil-teacher ratio is essential if maximum results or benefits are to accrue to the student. In the interest of the best educational opportunities for students, desirable maximum class enrollments should be: Multi-level required classes: US History, Government, Health, Consumer Economics 28 Extended classes* 28 Basic classes 23 Honors classes/AP 32 Applied Technology, Family and Consumer Sciences, Computer Lab classes, Laboratory classes, Art 26 Limited to number of workstations or number of lab stations, whichever is less Academic classes 30 Physical Education 40 Study Hall See language in b and c below Counselors Relatively equal numbers for all counselors to a maximum of 295 students
7.01 Students shall a. Full-time counselors will not teach in the classroom. One new counselor in each school may be designated as a "flex counselor". By "flex counselor" is meant that the individual may be assigned to any class which a teaching department as well as the guidance department, as decided by the building administration, on an annual basis. However, in order to maintain continuity in counseling services, the assignment to the counselor portion of the position has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articlepriority.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required b. All ½ period study halls will be subject to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort following provision: Study halls will be limited to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 35 students, provided, however, that in those rooms where physical limitations of a room do not permit the location of 35 seats, then the study halls will be limited to the number of seats which can be reasonably
c. When full period study hall average daily attendance exceeds 50 students, the study hall will either be divided, or an additional supervisor will be assigned.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within 3.02.2 It is the financial constraints goal of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District Board and the Association agree that overloads will not exist. However, when an overload occurs, every effort will be made to establish correct it within 10 school days of the day it occurs. If at the conclusion of the 10 days the overload still exists, the teacher will be contacted by the building administration, who will explain to the teacher why the overload cannot be resolved. If the teacher accepts the explanation, he/she may sign-off on an appropriate form, a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members copy of which a majority are teacherswill be filed with the building representative. If the teacher does not accept the explanation, the building administration will meet with the teacher and an Association representative in an effort to resolve the problem. The committee Association and the Board agree that in a limited number of situations an individual student's schedule may necessitate an overload.
3.02.3 The possibility of establishing overload teaching sections or the utilization of part- time teachers should not be overlooked in solving this problem.
3.02.4 It shall recognize be a desirable goal of the Board to hold a course when at least 15 students, or a number equal to 75% of the course's available work stations, whichever is less, enroll in that consensus course. It is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is recognized that this goal may not achievablebe met when enrollment exceeds classroom space, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee when there are already a sufficient number of classes, or when there are sufficient economic or educational reasons.
3.02.5 Testing centers shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixat each building.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. Class sizes shall not exceed maximums approved by the California State Department of Education.
B. In the Special Education Programs, the class sizes shall not exceed maximums approved by the State Department of Education for the Merced County Special Education Local Planning Area (SELPA).
C. Class size/caseload shall be assigned generally limited to any class which has reached the number approved in State approved course descriptions. The maximum class size except size/caseload shall be evaluated on an as provided within this articleneeded basis in accordance with industry trends by committees composed of administrators, teachers and appropriate specialists representing, separately, both the Special Education Department and the Career and Alternative Education Department. These committees will meet and make recommendations to their respective Department Assistant Superintendents. A copy of their recommendations will be submitted to the Association upon request. [Revised May 30, 2012]
D. When a severely disabled, self-contained, special day class exceeds twelve (12) students or has more than three (3) non-ambulatory students, the equivalent of two (2) full-time instructional aides will be provided. When only one special day class is located at a district site, no more than three (3) non-ambulatory students will be enrolled in that class. No severely disabled class shall exceed fourteen (14) students for any reason. See Appendix J (Inclusion MOU) [Revised March 14, 2014]
E. The maximum caseload for language, speech and hearing specialists will be 55. In the event that individual caseloads exceed the maximum, the Employer shall provide additional assistance in the form of (1) clerical support, (2) speech and language assistant support, (3) instructional aide support, (4) reassignment of students, or (5) other mutually acceptable support.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss F. ROP High School Teachers enrollment per class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may section shall not exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum an average of 30 students. [Revised May 30, 2012]
G. The maximum number of students enrolled in any Valley Community School class shall be 30.
7.06 H. The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints maximum number of the District, to reduce students enrolled in any Juvenile Hall class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classesshall be 20.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the I. The maximum cited caseload for a full-time equivalent teacher in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum VCS Independent Studies shall be 26 beginning 30. [Revised July 2002; RSP 31, 2018]
J. The maximum caseload for a full-time equivalent teacher in Merced Scholars Charter School shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group30. “Reasonable effort” may include[Revised March 14, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six2014]
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not The Board and the Association agree that twenty-eight (28) pupils is a reasonable classload. Exceptions to these limitations are physical education classes, band, chorus, and study halls. Laboratory classes will be assigned limited in size to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleequipment available.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times1. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort will be limited to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort thirty-five (35). Class sizes from 36 to schedule combination classes in which 40 students are assigned will be compensated at $90.00 per section to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 $750.00 per semester. Band/Instrumental Music and Chorus/Vocal Music exceeding 35 students and will be compensated at $90.00 per section. Advisory/Homeroom sections exceeding twenty-five (25) students on or after November 1st of each school year will be compensated an additional $90.00 per section per semester. Every attempt will be made to balance sections as the schedule permits. A Middle School teacher will be defined as a teacher who teaches four (4) or more Middle School classes.
2. Classes in grades Young 5's-2 that exceed 28 students will have additional paraprofessional time assigned. Classes in grades 3-6 with a maximum that exceed 28 students may have additional paraprofessional time assigned. Every regular classroom teacher in grades Y 5’s – 6 shall receive one hundred fifty (150) minutes per week of 30 studentsgeneral education paraprofessional assistance time.
7.06 3. The District will make a reasonable effort, within Board and the financial constraints Association acknowledge that least restrictive environment mainstreaming of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, is legally mandated and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited intended in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum best educational interest of the student. For the purpose of this section, such students shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload referred to as "mainstreamed students." Mainstreamed students shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes defined as determined those students placed into the special education process through an Individual Education Planning Committee (IEPC) evaluation. Furthermore, they agree that placement of these students into an appropriate environment as required by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the law or needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and places extraordinary demands on the unique features classroom teacher. The Board agrees to provide additional paraprofessional time to any teacher who has more than four (4) mainstreamed students assigned to any one (1) class unless that teacher volunteers to take the additional mainstreamed students without the assistance of each groupa paraprofessional. “Reasonable effort” may includeFurthermore, but is not limited the Board agrees to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving create class schedules that allow for the balancing of mainstreamed students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsextent possible. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee Additional shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate defined for the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixpurposes of this paragraph as two (2) hours per day paraprofessional time for elementary teachers in grades Y 5’s
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE8.1 The District staffing allocation formula shall be one-to-twenty-seven (1-27) and except upon the mutual agreement of an individual teacher and the teacher's immediate supervisor, shall be applied in such a manner that:
7.01 Students 8.1.1 Maximum single period class size and total per five (5) period teaching day, student contact maximums are (a) classes, other than those noted, shall have a maximum single period class size of 38 students and a maximum total per five (5) period teaching day of 175 students; and (b) classes in Music and Student Government shall not exceed 55, and classes in Drama and Physical Education shall not exceed 54 without individual teacher waiver.
8.1.1.1 Maximum student contact calculations shall not be assigned made later than the first 15 school days of each semester.
8.1.1.2 Each individual site will determine the appropriate method to any conduct registration activities. To further site-based decision-making, certificated staff will indicate by vote its preference for the type of student registration for current students. Teachers maintaining FTE 1.2 loads shall have maximum student contact not to exceed 213 students.
8.2 Class size caps in 8.1.1 will exist as maximums unless waived. Staffing decisions will be based upon P2 enrollment projections.
8.3 The District shall make a good faith effort to balance/adjust classes within a school department. At the alternative sites balancing will be done to the degree possible as students are scheduled.
8.3.1 The district will provide the Federation with 175 reports upon request.
8.4 The District shall make a good faith effort to balance classes within an individual teacher's assignment.
8.5 By the beginning of the second week of each semester, the site Administrator will provide the Federation Site Representative a Master Schedule which includes class which has reached the size and student/teacher ratios.
8.6 Work Experience teachers will have a maximum class size except as provided within this articleof 25 for work experience classes. A maximum of five (5) work experience classes may be assigned to each Work Experience teacher.
7.02 The site8.7 For special education, the staffing allocation will be student maximums of (a) 28 case load for Resource Specialist Teachers (b) 18-to-1 case load for Special Day Class teachers (c) 12-to-1 class size/program administrator is required to discuss case load for teachers of emotionally disturbed/enhanced (d) 12-to-1 class size at a member’s request if size/case load for teachers of emotionally disturbed (e) 12-to-1 class size/case load for teachers of severely handicapped. Classes may be modified upon mutual agreement of the member’s class exceeds District and the loading ratioFederation.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 8.7.1 The District will make a reasonable effortgood faith effort in the distribution of mainstreamed, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classesSDC, and in high school composition classesSDC-SH students within a department. General education classes with large numbers of resource students will be supported through the team teaching model to the extent that staffing is available.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited 8.8 The Activity Director will be released two (2) periods and teach three (3) classes including Student Government, with no fewer than 85 students in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall three (3) classes with no cap in the Student Government. The Athletic Director will be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. released for three (3) periods and teach two (2) periods. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP Activity Director and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” Athletic Director may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidebe the same unit member.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEIt is recognized by the Employer and the Union that the pupil-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective program. Therefore, they agree that every effort will be made to keep class size at an acceptable number taking into consideration the building and classroom facilities available and the best interest of the District as deemed administratively feasible. The Employer and the Union agree that a recommended class size for grades K, 1, and 2 is twenty-five (25); 3 and 4, twenty-eight (28); and 5 and 6, thirty (30). These are desirable goals for the Romulus Community School District.
7.01 Students 1. The Employer and the Union agree that in every classroom especially designed for teaching a particular subject, such as typing, industrial arts classes, etc., which have standard student stations, the class size shall not exceed the number of stations. A workstation shall be assigned defined as that area which provides adequate working space necessary to any class which has reached allow a student to fulfill the requirements of the class.
2. The Employer and the Union agree that for grades kindergarten through 2, the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss for any class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 be thirty (30) students.
3. The Employer and the Union agree that for grades 3 and above for all normal academic classes (other than chorus, physical education, music, art, etc.), the maximum class size will be thirty-three (33) students in the District.
4. The ratio of students to counselors in the secondary schools shall normally be 400-1. (North Central criteria to serve as minimum).
5. Split-level classes at the elementary level are less desirable and will only be utilized at times of abnormal circumstances.
6. Class size maximums shall not take effect until the second Monday after Labor Day.
7. When class size exceeds the above maximums and no other adjustments are feasible, the Employer shall pay the Employee a stipend for any specific class size excesses as follows: Number of additional students x number of hours with additional students x One ($l.00) Dollar. The number of pupils in grades K-2 shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, 33; the District class size average number of pupils in grades 3-12 shall not exceed 1035. The above prorated stipend will be paid for as long as maximums are exceeded, and any individual retroactively to the first day the class shall not exceed 14size overload occurred.
c. 8. The District Employer and the Association Union agree to establish a that Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee classes shall be established to oversee, guide, limited in accordance with the rules and facilitate regulations of the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixDepartment of Education for these programs.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 11.1 Each year the District shall establish staffing ratios for grades K, 1-3, 4-5, 6-8, 9-12 in core academic subjects (math, social science, English, science, foreign language), consistent with any Education Code requirement. The District shall provide the Association with an opportunity to provide input prior to the established of these ratios. The District shall communicate the staffing ratios to the Association president on or before the beginning of each term. In determining class sizes, the District shall consider the effect of mainstreaming special education students and English Learner students into regular classes. Special Education class sizes shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Education Code. Special Day Classes, Advanced Placement, and Class Size Reduction classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached included in computing the maximum class size except as provided within this articlestaffing ratios.
7.02 11.2 Within three weeks after the beginning of each term the District shall provide to the Association president a report of classes and student enrollment.
11.3 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size District shall consider the distribution of students among classes at a member’s request if given grade level or subject in a school and the member’s distribution of students within a given subject area in determining class sizes. In addition, the district shall take into consideration the number of work stations available.
11.4 In the event that any K-5 class exceeds the loading ratiostaffing ratio by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes 11.5 In the event that any 6-12 grade class exceeds the staffing ratios by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the beginning of the school year, the affected unit member may exceed request a conference with the maximums by 1.5 timessite administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. Physical education classes may exceed At the maximum by 1.35unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference.
7.04 The site/program administrator 11.6 No Advanced Placement or Honors classes except for two (2) classes shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes continue at the secondary level that has an enrollment of fifteen (15) or fewer students at the beginning of the semester in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 studentswhich it is offered.
7.05 11.7 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special staffing ratio for Physical Education Classes shall not exceed 50 students per class. In the maximum cited in event that PE classes exceed this staffing ratio by three (3) students after initial class balancing at the lawbeginning of the school year, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator to explore mitigation options mutually agreeable to the parties. At the unit member’s request, the Association site representative shall be present at the conference. This provision does not apply to team sports related PE classes or classes where the Athletic Director is a teacher of record for a sports team. At the beginning of each semester, a meeting will be scheduled with 6th period high school PE teachers and site administration to review class sizes.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum 11.8 Administration shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. meet with representation from each school and grade level to determine schedules and time utilization. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by provide the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels necessary training and programs consistent with the needs state standard aligned curriculum. Three (3) hours of aide time shall be provided daily at each elementary school. Bargaining Unit Members shall provide line of sight supervision of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students aides equitably on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aiderotational basis.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students A. The policy for class size in the District will be as follows: Grade Class Size K 19 (max) Grades 1-2 21 (max) Grade 3 22 (max) Grades 4-5 24 (max) Grade 6 25 (max) Grades 7- 8 125/27* Grades 9-12 25** (max) * Class size for grades 7 and 8 are based on total per teacher of one hundred twenty-five (125). Beginning with the 2016-2017 school year, for 7th grade, and the 2017-2018 school year, for 8th grade, teams have the flexibility to adjust their class rosters based on student needs so that no more than two (2) periods are in excess of twenty-five (25) students. Team adjustments shall not be assigned to any result in class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental overages for on or off-team courses. ** Full credit and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may for grades 9-12 will not exceed 25 students. This does not waive the maximum Band/Chorus exception. One-half credit courses taught in the embedded A/B Block shall average twenty (20) students for each teacher and shall not exceed twenty-five (25), unless otherwise limited by 1.35the number of student stations required for instruction.
7.04 The site1. In the event that split grade level classes in grades K-6 are created, special consideration shall be given to the needs of the students and the number of students assigned to the classroom in consultation with the EWGTA.
2. Class size for special education shall comply with state regulations.
3. Advisor/program administrator Advisee at the High School shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes not exceed 13 students. Advisor/Advisee at the Junior High School shall not exceed 13 students.
4. Class size in grades K-8 will be in compliance by the fifteenth (15th) day of school. Class size in grades 9-12 will be in compliance by the seventh (7th) day of each semester. The Administration must provide the Association with the class enrollment of each teacher by the fifteenth (15th) day of school for grades K-8 and by the seventh (7th) day of the semester for grades 9-12. If the administration becomes aware of a class size violation it shall provide notice to the Association as soon as practicable.
5. To accommodate unanticipated summer changes to enrollment that impact class size, the class size maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes grades 1-8 (grades 1-7 in which students are assigned to the 2016-2017 school year) may be increased by no more than one (1) student per classroom in no more than 10% of the total classrooms in grades 1-8 (1-7 in the 2016-17 school year), with that value rounded up to the next whole number, prior to the start of the new school year. No more than two (2) classrooms at a grade level K-3 or 3may begin over the class size maximum. Additionally, if students move into the district and enroll in Exeter-4 with a West Greenwich schools after the beginning of the school year, the class size maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsthe affected grade level(s) may be increased by no more than one (1) student.
7.06 The District will make 6. If it is necessary for a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, class to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited number of students, the Committee agrees to compensate each teacher who has more than the maximum number of students in any class or section as follows:
a) For day-long assignments: a fraction equaling one student of the lawclass maximum (ex: 1/19 for Kindergarten; 1/25 for Grade 6) of the teacher’s daily rate of pay for each student assigned to the teacher above the class maximum.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7b) For one-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort course assignments: Elementary Specialists: 1/6 of 1/(max at grade level) of the teacher’s daily rate of pay for each student assigned to equalize class sizes as determined by the teacher above the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidemaximum.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEThe District shall have discretion to determine workloads for all Unit Members employed subject to the following limitations:
7.01 Students 8.1 Unit Members (excluding Counselors, Librarians, Athletic Directors, Activity Directors, and Specially Funded Programs) shall have a student contact cap as follows: 173 students to 1 Unit Member 195 students to 1 Unit Member in Physical Education 200 students to 1 Unit Member in Band/Music 30 students to 1 Unit Member in Independent Study/College Connection 30 students to 1 Unit Member in College Connection and may be moved to 35 that year with the consent of the College Connection Teacher.
A. Unit Members may be assigned a maximum of thirty-six (36) students per class for each class in a five (5) period teaching day. Physical Education teachers shall have a cap of forty (40) students per class for a five (5) period teaching day. Unit Members in a continuation high school or community day school may be assigned a maximum of twenty-three (23) students per class in each class in a five (5) period day. The Average Daily Attendance ratio for independent study pupils to Independent Study and College Connection teachers shall not exceed thirty (30). This negotiated Independent Study ratio is also the comparator rate to be assigned to any class which has reached used for independent study purposes per the Education Code. The maximum class size except as provided within this articlenumber of students on each SPED Unit Member’s caseload shall not exceed twenty-eight (28).
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss B. Individual class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes sizes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP Section A of this article by mutual consent of the individual Unit Member, the subject area coordinator, and the unique features of each groupsite administrator. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is It will be executed in writing with copies filed at the site and with the OSTA Executive Board. The waiver will be in effect for one (1) semester. A waiver will not limited be permitted for Unit Members in Physical Education to include, busing go beyond the forty (40) students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideper class cap.
b. Except for Hearing ImpairedC. Assignment of personnel shall be such that workloads are equalized within practical limits.
D. Within any given subject area, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average a Unit Member may be assigned a class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsload of fewer than 173 students per day. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, difference in students will be absorbed by the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14school site.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE17.1 The District maximum class size average excluding Special Education and non-teaching personnel and using full-time equivalent unit member units as the divisor into the number of students enrolled, will not exceed twenty-eight (28) students as determined at the close of the first week of school.
7.01 Students 17.2 If, during the school year, a class exceeds twenty-eight (28) students, new students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached classes by the maximum class size except as provided within this articleschool Principal in a fashion to allow for balance between classes/grade level/subject.
7.02 17.3 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if maximum contained in this sub-Article shall have no application until after the member’s class exceeds first fifteen (15) school days of the loading ratioschool year.
7.03 Instrumental 17.3.1 After that date, should enrollment in an individual class exceed thirty-two (32) (K-3), thirty-three (33) (4-5), thirty-four (34) (6-8), and choral music thirty-four (34) (9-12), a teacher may bring the matter to the attention of the Principal in writing on a form provided by the District if their professional judgment is that the size of any of his/her classes may exceed has become such as to adversely affect the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35educational program.
7.04 The site/program administrator 17.3.2 In such case, the teacher and the Principal shall make a reasonable effort meet within ten (10) working days to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within review the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. situation. The District shall make attempt to provide relief through such means as: ! Transfer or reassignment of students; ! Instructional Aide time; ! Clerical assistance; ! Additional teacher preparation time.
17.3.3 The above class maximums do not apply to traditionally large classes, such as: Band, Chorus, Physical Education, etc.
17.3.4 If the matter remains unresolved in the opinion of the teacher, a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent consultation may be requested with the Superintendent. The criteria that will be considered in the consultation will include: size of room, type of facility, number of work stations, lockers, equipment, educational materials, needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP students, and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidehealth and safety requirements.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight 17.4 A study committee shall be established to oversee, guide, study class size at all four (4) campuses and facilitate determine how to work towards the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that goal of decreasing class size at all grade levels. The committee shall include no more than sixbe composed of representatives from the school sites (not to exceed two
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students October 1st shall be the cutoff date for compliance with sections A, B, and C below. Additional students enrolled in classes after October 1st shall not be assigned construed in any manner, directly or indirectly, to any class which has reached constitute a violation of these provisions. In the elementary schools, the October 1st cutoff will not be in effect unless all grade-level classes system-wide reach the maximum class size except as provided within this articlesize.
7.02 The site/program administrator A. High School: All high school teachers shall be assigned no more than 127 pupils per day. No individual class shall exceed 28 pupils. In the event that physical classroom space is required to discuss not available, no class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratioshall exceed 29 students. Rooms designed for specialized areas, such as libraries, shall not be considered as available classroom space.
7.03 Instrumental 1. There may be a 10% increase in the aforementioned class maximum of 31 pupils of singletons and choral music doubletons.
2. The pupil load and class cap exclude band, chorus, choir, and supervisory. Pupil load and class cap may also exclude activities when mutually agreed upon by administration and teacher.
3. Individual physical education/health classes at the high school will not exceed 28 students per class. Class size limits may exceed the maximums be exceeded by 1.5 times10% (31 students) in physical education/health classes. Every effort will be made to keep these classes at 28 students. Physical education classes may exceed education/health teachers at the maximum by 1.35high school and middle school shall be assigned no more than 140 students per day.
7.04 The site4. In classes with work/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum laboratory stations the number of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are pupils assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the lawnumber of work/laboratory stations.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum B. Middle School: All middle school teachers shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload assigned no more than 140 pupils per day. No individual class shall exceed 28 pupils.
1. The pupil load and class cap exclude band, chorus and interventions.
2. Individual physical education will not exceed 28 students per class. Class-size limits may be exceeded by 10% (31 students) in physical education classes. Every effort will be made to keep these classes at 28 students. Physical education/health teachers at the middle school shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the assigned no more than 140 students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideper day.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within 3. In classes with work/laboratory stations the SDC program in the District number of pupils assigned shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14number of work/laboratory stations.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. In assigning students to classes, class size, if possible, shall be limited to no more than 28 students. At the elementary level, the administration will work to equalize class size throughout the district. The administrator will work with the classroom teacher where class size is a concern of either party. In grades six through 12, the district shall strive to limit a daily student load of no more than 168 students, excluding band and choir, six periods a day, 28 students per class. The administration will work to equalize class size among common courses. The final decision must rest with the administration in regard to the total program.
7.01 Students 1. Teachers with a supervisory responsibility shall not have responsibility for more than 85 students in duty assignments.
2. All certified/licensed staff will receive, before the last student day of school, a print out of their teaching assignments and anticipated student loads for the next year. Common course and grade level student loads shall be assigned available upon request. The items B. C. and D below will be used as guidelines in the discussion between the teacher and the administration.
B. A student could count as one pupil unless the student is included as a special needs student or a student with a disability, in which case the student could count as two (2) students.
C. Subject to paragraph A of this article, a student with two (2) or more categorical classifications (as categorical classifications are defined by the Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children), excluding speech as a category, will count as two (2) students. The administration will work with the classroom teacher where a specific category is a concern. The final decision must rest with the administration in regard to the total program. The “multiple count” of the paragraph C shall not require additional staff.
D. The determination of the size of regular classes with included students will take into consideration any extraordinary demands on physical space, teacher contact, and/or teacher supervision. The participation of a special education teacher and/or aide could change the teacher/pupil ratio of the regular classroom teacher.
E. The employer will not submit a waiver request to the State Department of Education or to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required other agency with competent jurisdiction in order to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35number of disabled students that are permitted in a classroom without first allowing the input of MLEA.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Negotiated Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZENote: For any stipend changes, these changes come into effect at the end of the month of ratification. No member shall owe the district for stipends paid in excess of any newly negotiated amounts.
7.01 Students 8.1 For purposes of this section, class size is defined as follows:
8.1.1 Class size in Grades 1-6 and in the alternative programs is defined as the number of students enrolled in a teacher’s classroom as reflected in the current District attendance reporting system.
8.1.2 Class size in Grades 7-12 is defined as the number of students enrolled in an instructional period as reflected in the current District attendance reporting system.
8.2 The District class size for grade levels K through 3 inclusive will not exceed 20:1, consistent with the most recent Class Size Reduction legislation in effect. This maximum will continue as long as State funding continues and the Board supports this program. Commencing with the 2009-2010 school year, the K-3 grade level class size shall not exceed 27 (“class size limit” or “CSL”), and no class shall exceed 31 (“class size maximum” or “CSM”). The Board may, in its discretion on an annual basis elect to increase the CSL up to and including 29, provided, however that the CSL shall be established at the beginning of each school year and shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articlechanged midyear.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort8.2.1 Special education, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classesadaptive physical education, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes ELD classes shall not exceed the maximum cited be included in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, computing the District class size average for grade levels K-3.
8.2.2 As of the twenty-first student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed the CSL of 27, a monthly stipend of $150 per student over the CSL shall be provided to the teacher. As of the twenty-first student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed a Board adopted CSL of 29, a monthly stipend of $300 per student over the CSL of 29 shall be provided to the teacher.
8.2.3 The CSL and CSM for combination classes at grade level K-3 shall be two (2) fewer students than those designations set forth in section 8.2 above.
8.2.4 Grade level 1-3 P.E. and Science Specialists’ CSM shall not exceed 10thirty-one (31). Special Day Class students, when an instructional aide is also present, shall not be counted in the CSM. The SDC teacher(s), specialist teacher(s), affected grade level teachers, site administrator and one (1) site NTA representative shall meet and confer as necessary to discuss methods to mitigate the number of such SDC students attending specialist classes at one time.
8.3 For the 2009-2010 school year, and any individual class upon the expiration of this Agreement, at the 4- 6-grade level the CSL shall not exceed 1431. For the 2010-2011 and 2011-2012 school years at the 4-6-grade level, CSL shall not exceed 33.
c. The District 8.3.1 As of the twenty-first student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed the Association agree to establish CSLs set forth in section 8.3 above, a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed monthly stipend of seven members $150 (2009-2010 and upon expiration of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is this Agreement) or $300 (2010-2011 and 2011-2012) per student over the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee CSL shall be established provided to overseethe teacher. Elementary prep teachers are exempt from this provision.
8.3.2 In no event shall any grade four (4) through six (6) class exceed thirty- four (34) pupils (the CSM).
8.3.3 This stipend in section 8.3.1 shall apply to combination classes at grade levels four (4) through six (6), guidewhich exceed twenty-nine (29), and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Twowith a maximum of thirty-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixone (31).
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1.1 Effective June 16, 2003, the number of fulltime equivalent teachers assigned to a school for classroom instruction shall be determined on the basis of a composite ratio of 27.5:1 students to one fulltime equivalent (FTE) teacher. Additional staffing may be added for special programs including, but not limited to, Special Education and Educational Consolidation and Improvement Act (ECIA) Chapters 1 and 2. If categorical or federal project money is received for specific teaching positions, these positions will not be taken from the composite ratio provided in this section.
7.01 Students 1.2 The composite staffing caseload ratio for Education Specialists, Mild Moderate, who are co-teaching at a comprehensive high school, shall be 22:1. This staffing caseload ratio shall not apply to STARS classes. If enrollment for ILS and STRS classes exceed 14 students, SDTA and the District will engage in conversation to problem solve.
1.3 The minimum number of counselors per comprehensive school shall be based upon a site ratio of no more than 430 students per full-time counselor. The counseling ratio at Redwood High School shall be 245:1. One of these counselors shall serve as Head Counselor at each comprehensive high school. For the purpose of determining the number of full-time equivalent counselors based upon the above student ratio, the student enrollment for each comprehensive school site shall be determined on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) of the prior year.
1.4 The normal enrollment limits for full-time teachers will not exceed 172 students for regular classrooms and 231 students for physical education and instrumental/chorus classes. Normally the enrollment for teachers with less than a full-time assignment shall be a pro- rata of the above numbers.
1.5 If actual enrollments do not conform substantially to expected enrollments, it shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee to redistribute the number of FTE teaching positions as may be necessary. Prior to altering the number of FTE teaching positions assigned to any class which has reached a department, the maximum class size except as provided within this articleprincipal or designee will consult with the department chair(s) affected.
7.02 1.6 In the interest of student safety, enrollment in Physical Education classes will not exceed 50 students in any one class.
1.7 Special Education case managers will be provided with a 0.2FTE release time for case management duties. Commencing in the 2014-15 school year, those case managers assigned entirely within the ILS and TRACE programs will be provided with a total of six (6) release days per school year. In addition, case managers assigned entirely within the ILS and TRACE programs will be compensated in the form of two, $1,500 semester stipends totaling $3,000 per year 1.0 FTE for case management work that is outside of the contractual work day. The site/program administrator is required aforementioned dollar amount and release days will be prorated for less than full-time employment.
1.8 Departments not fully enrolled during the Fall semester may have teaching positions (FTE) reassigned by the principal or designee during the Spring semester.
1.9 The caseloads of the following individuals shall not exceed: Speech and Language – 55 students
1.10 Appointment of Department Heads shall be within the discretion of the principal or designee. However, each year prior to discuss class size appointing department heads, the principal or designee shall consult at a member’s request if scheduled meeting with the member’s class exceeds the loading ratiodepartment affected.
7.03 Instrumental 1.11 Enrollments on the last day of the first enrollment report period (first semester) and choral music classes may exceed of the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed sixth enrollment report period (second semester) shall be used as the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort basis for adjustments, if any are needed to schedule English composition classes comply with Sections 1.1 and 1.3 above, in grades 9-12 with a maximum number of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are teaching positions assigned to more than one grade level K-3 a department or 3-4 with to a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within school. At the financial constraints discretion of the District, to reduce class size maximums adjustments will be made earlier in those classes into which special education students each semester, if in the opinion of the Superintendent or designee, earlier adjustments are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classeswarranted.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited 1.12 Nothing in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout this Article prohibits the District within the grade levels from leaving some teaching positions allowed in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and programs consistent with the needs 1.4 above unstaffed pending determination that actual enrollments have substantially reached projected enrollments. If enrollments fall short of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features projections a proportionate number of each group. “Reasonable effort” projected teaching positions may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidego unstaffed.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEMaximum class sizes shall be:
7.01 Students shall not be assigned 12.1 30 students in an elementary classroom other than in grades TK-3, where the District is required by the State to any class which has reached the maximum make progress toward a ratio of 24:1. It is understood that this suggested class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload in place only as long as the State continues to fund class size reduction. If the state discontinues class size reduction funding, the parties shall be 28;
a. The District shall meet and confer regarding alternative class sizes. Whenever a situation exists that make it impractical or financially undesirable to relieve a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes size which exceeds the suggested maximum, the DISTRICT will consider various options including possible employment of an Instructional Assistant on a temporary basis except in such instances as determined by are not educationally sound, financially sound, and/or in the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs best interests of the DISTRICT, taking into consideration the student, unit member and DISTRICT needs. 30 students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited 4-8 regular education classroom 12 students in a Special Day class (SDC)
12.2 Whenever a situation exists that makes it impractical or financially undesirable to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center relieve oversized classes, the District class size average Board commits itself to search for a means of alleviating the situation including the possible employment of Instructional Assistants on a temporary basis. Copies of the monthly enrollment summary shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14be sent to the ASSOCIATION President.
c. 12.3 The District and principal shall meet with the Association agree unit member to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed discuss possible assistance. A form entitled “Verification of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee Conference Regarding Class Size” shall be established completed and sent to overseethe superintendent upon conclusion of the conference. (See Appendix F)
12.4 In the event a unit member accepts there (3) or more additional students due to the lack of an adequate number of certificated staff, guideon any given day, and facilitate that unit member shall be paid: (a) fifty-five dollars ($55.00) for yup to four (4) hours with additional students; or (b) one hundred ten dollars ($110.00) for any time beyond the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixfour (4) hours. If the DISTRICT’s daily sub rate is changed to an amount higher, we will increase the amount to match.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEIn determining staffing patterns, class load, teaching loads, the District will comply with laws regarding teacher-pupil ratio, currently outlined in NMSA 22-10A-20 and related regulations.
7.01 Students A. The individual class load for elementary school teachers shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleexceed twenty (20) students for kindergarten.
7.02 B. The site/program administrator is required to discuss individual class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratioload for pre-school teachers shall not exceed twenty (20) students for pre-school.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may C. The individual class load for special education pre-school teacher shall not exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may ration of 4:1
D. The average class load for elementary school teachers shall not exceed the maximum by 1.35twenty-two (22) students when averaged among grades one, two, and three.
7.04 E. The site/program administrator average class load for elementary school teachers shall make a reasonable effort not exceed twenty-four (24) students when averaged among grades four, five, and six. The District shall consult with affected employees prior to schedule requesting any waiver from the State Department of Education.
F. The daily teaching load for grades seven through twelve shall not exceed one hundred sixty (160) students, except in schools utilizing block schedules and the daily teaching load for teachers of required English composition classes courses in grades 9seven and eight shall not exceed one hundred thirty-12 five (135) with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 twenty-seven (27) students per class. The site/program administrator daily teaching load for teachers of required English courses in grades nine through twelve shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which not exceed one hundred fifty (150) students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 thirty (30) students and 4-6 per class. If a teacher has concerns that pupils are placed in any classroom with a maximum the following areas of 30 studentsconcern: භ the capacity of the room; භ appropriateness of the setting; භ adequate equipment; They shall discuss this concern with the immediate supervisor. If mutual agreement is not reached; this matter will be forwarded to the Agreement Oversight Committee.
7.06 G. The District will make a reasonable effort, within administration and the financial constraints of Española-NEA agree that further reductions in the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students limitations set forth above are integrated, in remedial classesdesirable and will work towards that end.
H. The district will review elementary enrollment numbers and class sizes, and in high school composition classesif needed combine classrooms to more equitably distribute class sizes while maintaining class size averages per NMSA 22-10A-20 and related regulations.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. I. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may includedistrict will budget equitably for all elementary specials including Physical Education, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, Art or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SEDMusic, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size Library to ensure equitable preparation time for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14elementary teachers.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum 8.1 For purposes of this section, class size except is defined as provided within this articlefollows:
8.1.1 Class size in Grades TK-5 and in the alternative programs is defined as the number of students enrolled in a teacher’s classroom as reflected in the current District attendance reporting system.
7.02 The site/program 8.1.2 Class size in Grades 6-12 is defined as the number of students enrolled in an instructional period as reflected in the current District attendance reporting system.
8.1.3 If a student with exceptional needs is mainstreamed into a general education class, the affected unit member may request a conference with the site administrator is required and appropriate special education case manager to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental potential impacts on time management and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 timespreparation. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable every effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with meet the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and student consistent with the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideIEP.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED8.2 Staffing Ratio/Class Size and Grades K-3 Class Size
8.2.1 TK Staffing Ratio/Class Size: The District will staff TK classrooms according to the student to adult ratio established by state law. For the 2022-2023 school year this ratio is 12 to 1 (with a maximum class size of 24), and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average for 2023-2024 this ratio is expected to be 10 to 1 (with a maximum class size within the SDC program in the District of 20) contingent on available state funding. The K-3 grade level class size shall not exceed 12 students. The 26 (“class size for any specific limit” or “CSL”), and no class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District 29 (“class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14maximum” or “CSM”).
c. 8.2.2 The District and the Association agree that the grades TK-3 CSL/CSM provided in section 8.2 above constitutes a “collectively bargained alternative ratio” pursuant to establish Education Code section 42238.02 which qualifies the District to receive an additional adjustment to the TK/Kindergarten through grade 3 base grant (“Grade Span Adjustment (GSA)” funding) under the Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF).
8.2.3 If state law or regulations are modified in a manner that would cause the District to incur a penalty or loss of TK-3 GSA funding under the LCFF, the parties agree to meet and negotiate immediately over modifications to the "Class Size Alternative Ratio” provided in section 8.2 above so as to prevent any loss of revenue.
8.2.4 Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed education, adaptive physical education, and ELD classes shall not be included in computing the District class size average for grade levels TK-3.
8.2.5 As of seven members the seventeenth student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed the CSL, a monthly stipend of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is $150 per student over the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee CSL shall be established provided to oversee, guide, the teacher. Elementary prep teachers are exempt from this position.
8.2.6 The CSL and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that CSM for combination classes at grade level TK-3 shall include no more be two (2) fewer students than sixthose designations set forth in section 8.2 above.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be Maintaining manageable class sizes within the District is an essential component of providing the District’s students with a quality education. The purpose of this article is to establish a means for determining the number of bargaining unit members assigned to any school sites and the size of classes taught: STAFFING RATIOS:
A. TK-3 1 :21.5 4-12 1:30 Continuation School 1:22 Special Education: class sizes shall be determined within the scope and constraints of the laws, statutes, or penal codes which has reached apply. The District shall attempt to maintain all mild to moderate class sizes at 25 or less and severely handicapped at 20 or less. At the maximum elementary level, this staffing ratio will become effective for the fall semester on the tenth (10th) school day after the commencement of school. In atypical circumstances the district may go to the fifteenth (15th) school day. At the secondary level, this staffing ratio will become effective for the fall semester on the fifteenth (15th) school day after the commencement of school. In atypical circumstances the District may go to the twenty- fifth (25th) school day. For the spring semester, the staffing ratio shall be set on the tenth (10th) school day after the commencement of the semester except for atypical circumstances when the District may go to the fifteenth (15th) school day to set the ratio.
B. Actual class size except will vary in accordance with the staffing procedures used within a given school; however, individual class sizes shall be: TK-3 :22 (soft cap) to 24 (hard cap) 4-5 :33 (soft cap) to 35 (hard cap) 6-12 :38 With respect to grades 6-12, one (1) or more college prep, honors, and advanced placement classes, not to exceed a maximum of five percent (5%) of such classes within a school (other than those referenced in Paragraph D and F of this Article) may have a class size of up to forty- two (42); provided that no teacher shall teach more than one (1) such college prep class a year. The purpose of this provision is to provide scheduling flexibility so as provided within to accommodate additional students and avoid the creating of an additional section (e.g., forty-two [42] students desiring to take a class creating two [2] classes of approximately twenty- one [21] students each). For purposes of this articlesection, blended classes (classes with non college-prep students) are excluded from this provision. Whenever possible, the District shall equitably distribute ELL, Special Education, and 504 students among classes in order to best meet the needs of students. The determination of the size of classes with special education pupils shall take into consideration any extraordinary demands on physical space, or supervisory needs. Special Education students placed in the regular classroom environment shall be counted in the above class size in grades TK-5 if the student is in the regular classroom for at least fifty percent (50%) of the instructional day and in grades 6-12 if the student is in the regular classroom for the full teaching period.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss C. To assist the principal in assessing the need for determination of class size at a member’s request if given site, in addition to consultation with staff, the member’s following factors will be considered: space availability, time of year, acquisition of additional or temporary facilities (relocatable classrooms), number of stations, class exceeds loads and special needs students. If a member of the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum unit feels that an unreasonable number of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are has been assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP class, a report may be filed with the principal with a copy to the Assistant Superintendent, Human Resources. The site administration shall then meet with that teacher and explain the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is rationale for why the class sizes are not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidebalanced.
b. Except for Hearing ImpairedD. Classes at the middle and high school level in performing arts, Visually Handicapped Preschoolbusiness education, SED, physical education and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program similar courses wherein it has been traditional in the District shall school to have a larger class size, will not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, come under the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14provisions of this Article.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee E. Health shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate considered an academic class for the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixpurpose of this Article.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students 3.1 It shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints goal of the District, Board to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average maintain class size within the SDC program following limits: Kindergarten 18-23 Pre-First 10-15 Grades 5-6 25-30 Grades 7-12 25-30 Remedial Classes 7-12 20 Psychologist Two per District In determining class sizes, attention will be given to the special needs of students being “mainstreamed.” Teachers will be notified as soon as possible of those students being “mainstreamed.” The District will work to provide an equitable distribution within a building of those being “main-streamed.” Further, School Administrators, Special Education Teachers, and Classroom Teachers will meet, upon the request of any of the above, to review problems in class size due to “mainstreaming.”
3.2 It shall be the goal of the Board to maintain class size in the District shall not area of Physical Education at a mean which will fall within 30 through 40 range. Classes may exceed 12 students. The class size for 40 and be less than 30 provided the mean is within the range.
3.3 Subjects such as Chorus and Band will be exempt from these goals.
3.4 In the event, after October 1st of any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesschool year during the term of this Agreement, the District size of a class size average shall not exceed 10exceeds the maximum limit stated in section 3.1, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District the Board and the Association agree to establish jointly shall appoint a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven committee which may include members of which the Board, District Administrators and the President of the Association to review the situation and to report their recommendations, if any, to reduce the size of the class, or to take such other actions as may be appropriate. This shall not alter or diminish any rights the Association may have regarding the enforcement of the class sizes indicated above.
3.5 It shall be the goal of the Board of Education for English, Math, Science and Social Studies teachers in Grades 7-12 that the teaching load not exceed 120 students. For Science teachers, students assigned to a majority are teachers. The committee lab shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making processcount as half (1/2) of a student for purposes of teaching load. In cases where consensus the event a teacher is not achievableassigned or volunteers for a sixth period assignment and the teaching load exceeds 120 students (up to a maximum of 150 students), all decisions and recommendations the sixth period assignment stipend shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee increase to $7,000.
3.6 It shall be established the goal of the Board of Education to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixmaintain a student load not to exceed 250 students per guidance counselor.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. The Board and the Association agree that classes of moderate size tend to produce teaching loads designed to enable teachers to be more effective in their teaching.
7.01 Students B. The Board and the Association agree that:
1. Small classes generally offer more opportunity for teachers to know their students better.
2. Small classes usually promote the use of a greater variety of instructional materials and methods; however, large group instruction may likewise offer opportunities for use of special instructional materials and methods.
3. Experimentation, innovation, and invention are more likely to occur in small classes.
C. Elementary Schools
1. It is agreed that average class size shall be: Grades K-3 district-wide 24
2. No class may contain more than three students above the average class size listed for its grade group.
D. Secondary Schools
1. It is agreed that average class size shall be: Grade 6 district-wide 25 No class may contain more than three students above the average class size listed for its grade group.
2. It is agreed that, within the physical facilities available, the following shall be the maximum class sizes:
3. Exceptions to class size maximums above will be permitted up to a maximum of two students per class which results from admission of students new to the district after June first of the previous school year.
4. The principal may exceed the maximums listed in D (1) and D (2) above a maximum of 2 students in not more than one out of one hundred sections in the secondary schools. However, no school may have more than one half of the total number of exceptions permitted.
5. It is further agreed that in the secondary schools, exceptions to the middle and high school maximums listed above will be limited to the following: physical education, typewriting, band, orchestra, and chorus. In addition, in the high schools only, biology, chemistry, physics, and earth science will be permitted a class maximum of 31 where the teacher teaches no more than three classes of 21 periods per week.
6. In the event that an oversized class develops during the school year, the principal will, as soon as possible, confer with the Building Representation Committee. If the Building Representation Committee disagrees with the building principal as to the necessity for the oversized class, it may request a hearing with the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall hold such a hearing within ten (10) days after receipt of the request. The Executive Board of the Association may attend the hearing.
E. Special area teachers (consultant teachers) will be assigned no more than the equivalent of one full class at any one time. Elementary physical education teachers who are assigned to outdoor/indoor recess as part of their instructional responsibilities may provide supervision with paraprofessional assistance for more than one full class but will not be expected to provide instruction for more than the equivalent of one full class.
F. Current district practice concerning the organization and size of I.D. (special education) classes and TESL classes will continue in force in the elementary and secondary schools.
G. In the secondary schools classes of science and math designated as "basic," classes of English and social studies designated as "technique," such as classes presently designated "C," "MAC," "RT" and "TV workshop" shall be permitted a maximum of 23 students per class. When necessary in the judgment of the principal not more than two (2) additional students may be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articlesuch class.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 (a) The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP Committee and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ Union recognize the ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center - ability of achieving optimum teaching-learning con- ditions by assuring workable class size. To this end the Committee recognizes that it is desirable to at- tempt to reach the following class size maxima: – 20 pupils in classes of academically talented or slow academic achievers – 12 pupils in industrial arts classes composed of special class students To achieve these class size targets, the Com- mittee and the Union agree that the following class size maxima shall be in effect: – 20 pupils in industrial classes - 35 pupils in physical education in the middle and the high schools - 20 pupils in Structured English Immersion (SEI) classes, average Bilingual Classes, and ESL classes. - 25 pupils in Structured English Immersion (SEI) classes, Bilingual Classes, and ESL classes with a paraprofessional. In rooms with specific student stations (shops, typing rooms, laboratories) the number of pupils as- signed to such rooms should not exceed the number of student stations available. An appropriate number of regular teachers shall be hired to make possible the aforementioned class size within maxima. Class size for program prototypes 502.2, 502.3 and 502.4 shall conform with Regulations published by the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsState Department of Education. The class size for any specific maxima during this Agreement shall be as follows: K1, K2, and Grade 1 and 2 22 Grade 3 25 Grade 4 25 Grade 5 25 Grade 4 & 5 AWC 25
(b) Effective September 1, 2001 In elementary schools where there is only one regular education class shall not in a grade level, the School Department may exceed 17 the class size maxima by one or two students. For one student over the class size maxima the teacher will receive $1,500 and for two students $3,000. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classessecondary schools where there is a singular regular education course offering, the District School Department may exceed the class size average shall not exceed 10maxima by one or two students. For one student in excess, the teacher will receive $300 per class and any individual class shall not exceed 14for two students, $600 per class. Compensation under this section will be on a pro rata basis and will be subject to retirement deductions.
c. The District (c) No compensation shall be owed for class size grievances resolved within fifteen school days of the filing of the grievance.
(d) In the event the maximum class size is ex- ceeded, the building administrator and the Association agree classroom teacher will discuss in good faith appropriate educational solutions. These might include the assignment of a Para-professional to establish assist the teacher, a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize reduction in the teacher’s nonteaching du- ties, insuring the teacher an overall average class size that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six85% of the maximum, and similar measures. Ulti- mately, the classroom teacher may insist that the class size maxi- mum be enforced.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Educational Services Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned 26.1 Both parties recognize that the availability of optimum school facilities for both student and teacher is desirable in an attempt to any class which has reached provide the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator highest possible quality of education that is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds goal of both the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The School District and the Association Union.
26.2 Realizing that the teacher-pupil ratio may be an important aspect in an effective educational program for students, the parties agree that class size will be given consideration when financial resources and facilities are available. In addition, it shall be the goal of the school district for grades K–2 to establish have a Special Education/General Education Oversight teacher-pupil ratio of 1: 25-27; grades 3-5 a teacher-pupil ratio of 1: 28-30; grades 6-12 a teacher pupil ratio of 1: 32-35. Should it become necessary to exceed the above stated ratios, the UTS Staffing Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachersand Central Office will meet with the affected teacher and building principal to discuss possible interventions. The committee shall recognize that consensus is UTS Staffing Committee will provide a list of suggested interventions prior to this collaborative meeting. Each case exceeding the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votesabove stated ratios will be treated on an individual basis. The oversight committee affected teacher maintains the right to appeal, in writing, any decision reached. Such appeals may be made to the Superintendent and/or the Board of Education. K-2 elementary teachers with a class size of more than 27 students and 3-5 elementary teachers with a class size of more than 30 students will be given monetary compensation in the amount of five dollars and fifty cents ($5.50) per day per students. Secondary teachers (6-12) with class sizes in excess of 35 students will be given monetary compensation in the amount of one dollar ($1) per day per student. Payments will be made at the end of the first semester and the end of the year. Classes that the Union and the District agree are "non-traditional" such as physical education, band, choir, etc. are exempt from this provision. The district shall have 10 school days after the first day of each semester to remedy class size based on contractual limits. Every attempt will be made to abide by the standards, but at no time shall exceed the number of student stations available in activity of laboratory type courses.
26.3 All the aforementioned efforts will be made to accommodate class size recommendations with regard to lower class sizes for classes designated as remedial.
26.4 Special Education classes and the number of students handled by specialists shall be established according to oversee, guide, State criteria.
26.5 The School District agrees to meet with the Union during the first month of school to alleviate and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixmutually resolve any excessive class sizes and/or imbalances in grade level or subject areas.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 A. The average maximum class size ratio of students per certified elementary classroom educator at each grade level in the school district shall be as follows: Kindergarten (each session) 20 students 1 educator Grade 1 20 students 1 educator Grade 2 21 students 1 educator Grade 3 23 students 1 educator Grade 4 23 students 1 educator Grade 5 25 students 1 educator Grade 6 25 students 1 educator No individual class shall exceed: Kindergarten (each session) 25 students Grade 1 25 students Grade 2 25 students Grade 3 25 students Grade 4 25 students Grade 5 28 students Grade 6 28 students When district student enrollment counts at any grade K-6 level exceed the number of students required for a specific number of sections by five (5) or fewer students, NEA Chariho and the administration may mutually agree that educators may be compensated as per Appendix B if individual class size limits are violated. Otherwise, those five (5) students may be placed without adding an additional section. Students who are in self-contained placements for more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the school day shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum counted in class size except as provided within this articlecalculations.
7.02 B. Secondary teaching responsibilities:
1. The site/program administrator is required to discuss maximum teaching responsibility for grades 7 and/or 8 educators shall be one hundred twenty (120) pupils per educator; no individual class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may shall exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 25 students.
7.05 2. The site/program administrator maximum teaching responsibility for grades 9 through 12 educators shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than be one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentshundred twenty (120) pupils per educator.
7.06 3. At the High School level, the maximum individual class size shall be as follows: Advanced Placement* 18 students Honors 30 students College Preparation 30 students Basic/Extended 20 students *The District will make a reasonable effortshall provide specialized training for educators of advanced placement courses. In the first year of teaching an advanced placement course, within two (2) professional days per quarter shall be offered for the financial constraints purpose of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classeslong-range planning.
7.07 Special Education Classes C. In classes with work and/or laboratory stations, the number of students assigned shall not exceed the maximum cited number of work and/or laboratory stations.
D. With mutual agreement with NEA Chariho, there may be split grade classes; i.e. an educator may be assigned a class containing students from more than one (1) grade level.
E. After October 2nd new students may be assigned on a fair and equitable basis so long as no individual class/teaching responsibility is exceeded. Every effort will be made to provide educators with twenty-four (24) hour notice prior to a student’s first day of class.
1. At the kindergarten through grade six (6) levels, in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum event all individual classes within a grade in a building have reached the maximums as described above, new students will be assigned on a fair and equitable basis. Educators shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students compensated as set forth in hisAppendix B.
2. At the grade seven (7) through twelve (12) levels, in the event all individual classes/her IEP and teaching responsibilities have reached the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may includemaximums as described above, but is not limited to include, busing new students will be assigned on a voluntary basis fair and equitable basis. Educators shall be compensated as set forth in Appendix B.
3. Payments to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideeducators for overages will be dispersed on a quarterly basis.
b. Except for Hearing ImpairedF. Guidance counselors at the High School and Career and Technical Center shall be assigned no more than two hundred sixty (260) and Middle School counselors no more than three hundred twenty (320) students per counselor. Counselor load shall be determined as of October 1st. The guidance department head will be assigned a student caseload at .5 of the other High School guidance counselors, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average not to exceed one hundred thirty (130) students.
G. In some isolated instances where a student’s placement might be impacted by strict adherence to class size within limits, such placements will be accommodated with consent of the SDC program in the District individual educator and NEA Chariho. It is mutually understood that any such accommodations shall not exceed 12 studentsbe deemed a precedent in another or other similar situation.
H. At the elementary and middle school levels, the principal, in consultation with educators at each building, shall develop a procedure for the educationally appropriate placement of students for the next school year.
1. Two (2) educators and/or teams may request to loop; the permission of the principal is required, which shall not be unreasonably denied. Being in a looping program will not alter any educator’s originally assigned position. The class size parties agree that educators volunteering for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, assigned to loops will remain in those positions for the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14term of the loop unless displaced.
c. a. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee looping process shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiativesoperate as follows:
i. TwoThere will be an equal number of voluntary educators and/or teams in each grade for the looping program.
ii. In the event there is an unequal number of educators and/or teams volunteering, a lottery will be used to determine the order of participation of voluntary educators and/or teams in the loop.
I. Educators will be allowed to voluntarily participate, with their principal’s approval, in a co-teaching model for regular/special education service delivery. The voluntary commitment to this model shall be open for annual renewal by both the educator and the principal. Any position posted and filled as a co-teaching position will not be subject to annual renewal by the educator. The principal may require a return of the educator’s classroom assignment to a traditional model if, in the principal’s opinion, the special education population in any succeeding year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixdoes not warrant the co-teaching model.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Contract Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1. It is the intent of the District to maintain a ratio of twenty-eight (28) students, including Inclusion Students, per regular class unit member in grades 4-6, and a ratio of twenty-five (25) students, including Inclusion Students, per regular class in grades 7 and 8. The District intends to implement the state class size reduction program so long as adequate state funding specifically for that program is available. If the District withdraws from the CSR program the above stated ratio for grades 4- 6 shall apply to grades K-6. If a grade 4-6 class at a K-6 site reaches thirty-three (33) students at the end of September or thereafter in any year, and the assigned unit member requests assistance, one (1) two hour certificated staff person will be provided the class. The district will make reasonable efforts to balance 4-6 class size at each site. When a ratio of twenty-eight (28) students per regular class is reached on average at a Junior High School at the end of September or thereafter in any year the District shall provide additional certificated staff as mutually agreed upon by the District and certificated staff at that site. Class sizes for these purposes shall be calculated consistent with past District practice. No 7-12 P.E. class shall exceed 50 students. When there are insufficient sections of 7-12 Physical Education to maintain class rosters of 50 or fewer students the district may proceed with one of the following options:
7.01 Students A. Seek volunteers from among the faculty of the affected school to teach an additional period of Physical Education during what would normally be their Preparation Period. The volunteer teacher must possess a credential that authorizes Physical Education instruction. If more than one teacher volunteers, the Principal shall interview all applicants and shall select the best suited following the criteria set forth in Article V, 2 B. Reimbursement shall be 1/6 of the teacher’s daily rate of pay. In addition to the workday required in Article IX, 3, the selected volunteer must be on-site daily for an amount of time equal to the duration of the Preparation Period.
B. If a volunteer cannot be found, Physical Education classes may exceed 50 students but shall not exceed 60 students. If any Physical Education class at a junior high school exceeds 50 students, the district shall provide Instructional Assistant support as follows: When any class occurring during the first three class periods exceeds 50 students, three (3) hours of Instructional Assistant time will be assigned to the Physical Education department for the first three periods. If the above occurs during the last three periods, three (3) hours of Instructional Assistant time will be assigned during that time frame. It is understood that in the event that the District chooses to utilize either of these options, the number of Physical Education sections offered shall be calculated by past District practice.) Any certificated staff added pursuant to this section shall be utilized in such a manner as to directly reduce class size. This limitation on the duties of added certificated staff shall not apply to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleadded after April 15th of any year.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times2. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make reasonable efforts to avoid scheduling combination classes in grades TK-6. An effort shall be made to find a unit member volunteer to accept a combination class. If more than one unit member volunteers, consideration will be given on an individual basis to rotate the assignment in alternate years. The District shall make reasonable effort efforts, when necessary, to equalize avoid circumstances which would result in a combination class sizes with fewer than seven (7) students of one grade level. Insofar as determined by possible, the class roster throughout pupils shall be selected for combination classes who are self-directed and who demonstrate a relative absence of severe discipline problems. Unit members shall have the District within right to participate in the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth selection process. When a unit member is assigned a combination class, an appropriate notation to that effect shall be placed in his/her IEP personnel file.
3. Those grade level teachers affected by a combination class shall receive $1500.00 to be divided among the affected classes for the purchase of instructional materials as approved by the site administrator or to attend conferences and/or workshops as mutually agreed upon with the site administrator. The combination class teacher also has the option to use $1000 for extra pay and $500 to be divided among the affected classes for the purchase of instructional materials. Non-consumable materials shall remain at the school site
4. When placing Inclusion students in a regular class consideration will be given on an individualized basis to the impact of those students on the class and the unique features interests of each groupthe affected unit member. “Reasonable effort” Consideration may include, but is not be limited to include, busing to:
a. The educational needs of the regular education students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at in that site, or adding an instructional aideclass.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, The educational and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within other needs of the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14student with disabilities.
c. The interests of the affected unit member.
d. Non-teaching responsibilities TK-6 inclusion students to be placed in appropriate grade level classroom with the lowest student enrollment unless agreed to otherwise between site administrator and affected unit members. An effort shall be made to find a unit member volunteer to accept in his/her classroom Inclusion Students. Unit members receiving Inclusion Students will be provided adequate planning time for program coordination as developed at each site. Unit members receiving Inclusion Students shall have the regular assistance of another unit member or Instructional Aide. Where possible, substitutes will be provided for any absent unit member or Instructional Aide Educational materials and supplies unique to an Inclusion Student will be funded through the Special Education Classroom budget.
5. The District and the Association agree will cooperatively monitor the District’s enrollment impacting class sizes at grades 4-6 and grades 7-8 and imbalances in enrollment at grades 7-8.
6. TK-6 teachers; and Adaptive PE (APE) teachers, Inclusion teachers, Special Day Class Teachers (SDC), Resource Specialists (RSP), Speech and Language Pathologists (SLP) whose primary assignment is to establish work with TK-6 students shall have a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed full day release time two days per trimester per school year as agreed upon with the site administrator coinciding with grading periods for the purpose of seven members collaboration, planning and/or evaluation at grade levels. It is understood and agreed that substitutes will not be provided for APE and SLP for this purpose. PE teachers shall receive 1 full day of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is release time per trimester as agreed upon with the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievablesite administrator coinciding with grading periods for the purpose of collaboration, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixplanning and/or evaluation at grade levels.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. The Board shall employ no fewer classroom teachers than required by the state statutes or the state minimum standards.
7.01 Students B. The ratio of teachers to pupils on a district-wide basis shall be at least one full time equivalent classroom teacher per 25 pupils in average daily membership. Said ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3317.02 and 3317.023 of the Revised Code.
C. The ratio of teachers to pupils in kindergarten through fourth grade on a district- wide basis shall be at least one full time equivalent classroom teacher per 25 pupils in average daily membership. Said ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3317.02 and 3317.023 of the Revised Code. Understanding that class sizes cannot always be reduced at all grade levels at the same time, the Board and the Association recognize that it is in the best interest of the pupils and the bargaining unit members to initially strive to reduce class sizes at the lower grade levels and proceed to the higher grade levels as financial circumstances permit. The Board believes that class sizes should not be assigned larger than necessary to maximize the learning experience for pupils, taking into account the available classroom space, staff, financial resources and scheduling needs. Class size should also take into account any students with special needs who are mainstreamed into regular education classes, and any additional educational needs presented by pupils who are repeating the class which has reached and pupils who may have additional educational needs as reflected on a Section 504 plan. The Board will seek to reach the maximum following class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required goals to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental extent reasonably feasible with 25 students in grades K-3, 27 students in grades 4-8, and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes 29 students in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students12. The class size number for purposes of this provision shall include mainstreamed special education students (if one full period or more).
D. The Superintendent or his/her designee shall provide to the Association President, if requested, projections, in writing, of class sizes and teaching load lists prior to each school year. All class size projections shall be based upon projected fall enrollment. If at any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classestime the projected or actual size of a class(es) exceeds the goals set forth in this Section, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District Superintendent or his/her designee and the Association agree President shall meet and discuss the situation at the request of either party.
E. It is mutually recognized that the presence of students with special needs can have an impact on the appropriate class size and the workload of the regular classroom teacher. A good faith effort will be made and documented in writing by the building administration to establish adjust class size where appropriate, taking into account, among other factors, the number of students with special needs, the nature of the disabilities, the class size prior to mainstreaming, and the extent of support and assistance being provided by the ancillary staff members.
F. All classes that exceed the aspirational goals will be brought before a Special Education/General class size committee prior to the regularly scheduled September Board of Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which meeting, or as requested by a majority are teachersmember. The committee shall recognize that consensus is will be comprised of the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievableteacher affected, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to overseethe BWEA building representative, guidethe BWEA President, the building principal, and facilitate two other district administrators. This committee will work to develop a plan of action that could include additional staff. These recommendations will be forwarded to the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixSuperintendent and a decision will be determined within 10 school days.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Negotiated Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. The Board and the Association agree that classes of moderate size tend to produce teaching loads designed to enable teachers to be more effective in their teaching.
7.01 Students B. The Board and the Association agree that:
1. Small classes generally offer more opportunity for teachers to know their students better.
2. Small classes usually promote the use of a greater variety of instructional materials and methods; however, large group instruction may likewise offer opportunities for use of special instructional materials and methods.
3. Experimentation, innovation, and invention are more likely to occur in small classes.
C. Elementary Schools
1. It is agreed that average class size shall be: Grades K-3 District-wide 24
2. No class may contain more than three students above the average class size listed for its grade group.
D. Secondary Schools
1. It is agreed that average class size shall be: Grade 6 District-wide 25 No class may contain more than three students above the average class size listed for its grade group.
2. It is agreed that, within the physical facilities available, the following shall be the maximum class sizes: Physical Education 7-12 District-wide 37
3. Exceptions to class size maximums above will be permitted up to a maximum of two students per class which results from admission of students new to the District.
4. The principal may exceed the maximums listed in D(1) and D(2) above a maximum of two students in not more than one out of one hundred sections in the secondary schools. However, no school may have more than one half of the total number of exceptions permitted.
5. It is further agreed that in the secondary schools, exceptions to the middle and high school maximums listed above will be limited to the following: band, orchestra, and chorus. In addition, in the high schools only, laboratory science classes will be permitted a class maximum of 31 where the teacher teaches no more than three classes of 21 periods per week.
6. In the event that an oversized class develops during the school year, the principal will, as soon as possible, confer with the Building Representation Committee. If the Building Representation Committee disagrees with the building principal as to the necessity for the oversized class, it may request a hearing with the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall hold such a hearing within ten days after receipt of the request. The Executive Board of the Association may attend the hearing.
E. Special area teachers (consultant teachers) will be assigned no more than the equivalent of one full class at any one time. Elementary physical education teachers who are assigned to outdoor/indoor recess as part of their instructional responsibilities may provide supervision with paraprofessional assistance for more than one full class but will not be expected to provide instruction for more than the equivalent of one full class.
F. Current District practice concerning the organization and size of self- contained special classes and ENL classes will continue in force in the elementary and secondary schools.
G. In the secondary schools classes of science and math designated as "basic," classes of English and social studies designated as "technique," and/or "TV workshop" shall be permitted a maximum of 23 students per class. When necessary in the judgment of the principal not more than two additional students may be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articlesuch class.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. The School Committee recognizes the desirability of achieving a class size for maximum development of the students in the learning process and to this end will limit class size to the following with the exceptions as noted in Section B.
7.01 Students 1 Pre-K
2 Primary (Grades K-5) 28 whenever possible 2 Middle School (Grade 6) Academic Subjects (including Science Labs.) 28 whenever possible (Grades 7-8) 26 whenever possible 3 Secondary (Grades 9-12) Academic Subjects (including Science Labs.) 26 whenever possible Industrial Arts Physical Education per teacher station 26 whenever possible 26 whenever possible Band and Choral Instruction (to be determined by the Central Administration) Study Hall 40 per teacher Any Special Groupings Under State Funded Programs in Accordance with State Laws In classrooms with specific learning stations (computers, shops, science labs, art studios, etc.) the number of pupils assigned shall not exceed the number of stations available, whenever possible. All attempts will be assigned made to any equalize the distribution of students on IEP and 504 plans across as many teachers as possible.
B. In the event that it is necessary to assign a teacher to a class which exceeds the maximum size, the principal shall, upon receipt of written request by the teacher or the Burlington Educators Association, state reasons in writing to the teacher, the Burlington Educators Association and the Superintendent of Schools why the class size has reached been exceeded. An acceptable reason for exceeding the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints be any of the District, following:
1. There is no space available and no portable unit can be obtained to permit scheduling of any additional classes or class in order to reduce class size.
2. Conformity to the class size maximums objective would result in those placing additional classes into which special education students are integrated, on short time schedule.
3. Conformity to the class size objective would result in remedial classes, and in high school composition the organization of half classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed 4. A class larger than the maximum cited is necessary or desirable in order to provide for specialized or experimental instruction or for the lawinstruction of the gifted.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum 5. It is in violation of the rules and regulations of the State Department of Public Safety and/or State Department of Education and is therefore unsound.
C. The decision to assign a teacher specified under Article IV, Section B, shall be 26 subject to the grievance procedure beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideLevel II.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average D. A cooperating teacher will be employed when the size of a class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Twoexceeds twenty-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixeight
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZENote: For any stipend changes, these changes come into effect at the end of the month of ratification. No member shall owe the district for stipends paid in excess of any newly negotiated amounts.
7.01 Students 8.1 For purposes of this section, class size is defined as follows:
8.1.1 Class size in Grades 1-6 and in the alternative programs is defined as the number of students enrolled in a teacher’s classroom as reflected in the current District attendance reporting system.
8.1.2 Class size in Grades 7-12 is defined as the number of students enrolled in an instructional period as reflected in the current District attendance reporting system.
8.2 Commencing with the 2013-2014 school year, the K-3 grade level class size shall not exceed 27 (“class size limit” or “CSL”), and no class shall exceed 31 (“class size maximum” or “CSM”). Thereafter, the CSL and CSM shall be as follows, subject to the Board discretion provided in this section: 2014-2015: CSL 25/CSM 29 2015-2016: CSL 24/CSM 28 The board may, in its discretion on an annual basis elect to increase the CSL/CSM up to and including 29/31, provided, however that the CSL shall be established at the beginning of each school year and shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articlechanged midyear.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort8.2.1 Special education, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classesadaptive physical education, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes ELD classes shall not exceed the maximum cited be included in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, computing the District class size average for grade levels K-3.
8.2.2 As of the twenty-first student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed the CSL, a monthly stipend of $150 per student over the CSL shall be provided to the teacher.
8.2.2.1 As of the twenty-first student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed a Board adopted CSL/CSM of 29, a monthly stipend of $300 per student over the CSL/CSM of 29 shall be provided to the teacher
8.2.3 The CSL and CSM for combination classes at grade level K-3 shall be two (2) fewer students than those designations set forth in section 8.2 above.
8.2.4 Grade level K-3 P.E. and Science Specialists’ CSM shall not exceed 10twenty-nine (29), or the CSM number determined by Board discretion pursuant to section 8.2 above, whichever is greater. Twenty-nine (29), or the CSM number determined by Board discretion pursuant to section 8.2 above, whichever is greater. Special Day Class students, when an instructional aide is also present, shall not be counted in the CSM. The SDC teacher(s), specialist teacher(s), affected grade level teachers, site administrator and any individual class one (1) site NTA representative shall meet and confer as necessary to discuss methods to mitigate the number of such SDC students attending specialist classes at one time.
8.3 At the 4-6-grade level the CSL shall not exceed 1431.
c. The District 8.3.1 As of the twenty-first student attendance day and thereafter, if it becomes necessary to exceed the Association agree to establish CSLs set forth in section 8.3 above, a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed monthly stipend of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is $150 per student over the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee CSL shall be established provided to overseethe teacher. Elementary prep teachers are exempt from this provision.
8.3.2 In no event shall any grade four (4) through six (6) class exceed thirty- four (34) pupils (the CSM).
8.3.3 This stipend in section 8.3.1 shall apply to combination classes at grade levels four (4) through six (6), guidewhich exceed twenty-nine (29), and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Twowith a maximum of thirty-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixone (31).
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints In recognition of the fact that pupil-teacher ratio is an important factor contributing to the standard of excellence expected in the Georgetown-Ridge Farm School District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District Board and the Association agree that the following standards will be Maintained:
6.8.1 When all sections of a given grade level K-3 class size exceeds twenty-five (25) students action will be taken immediately by hiring another qualified teacher; if 4-8 exceeds thirty-two (32) students, action will be taken immediately by hiring another qualified teacher or teaching assistant.
6.8.2 When science classes with labs in grade levels 7-8 reach twenty-four (24) students, no other students shall be allowed to establish join that class hour. Another class hour of the course may be added to accommodate additional students, or the addition of a Special EducationTeacher's Aide during the affected class hour.
6.8.3 When classes in grade level 9-12 exceeds thirty-five (35) students, then immediate action will be taken by whatever means possible to lower the student-teacher ratio. When science classes with labs in grade levels 9-12 reach twenty-four (24) students, no other students shall be allowed to join that class hour. Another class hour of the course may be added to accommodate additional students, or the addition of a Teacher's Aide during the affected class hour.
6.8.4 The Board and Administration agrees to discourage the use of split grade rooms whenever it is feasible to do so.
6.8.5 The limitation in Item “A” above shall not be applicable in teaching areas such as Physical Education and Music nor shall it be applicable to Home Rooms and Study Halls at the middle school and high school levels. If enrollment in these areas becomes too large for the teacher(s) to teach effectively, action will be taken to improve the student-teacher ratio.
6.8.6 All classes requiring teaching stations shall be limited by the number of teaching stations available. In no case will the maximum numbers specified in Item A above be exceeded.
6.8.7 If consideration of movement of a student from one room to another occurs at the elementary and junior high levels, the building principal will meet with both teachers involved at the same time, and the reason(s) for the consideration explained to each teacher. The following criteria will be used:
1. An attempt will be made to have the parents or legal guardian of the child present.
2. The teacher(s) have the right to have an Association representative present
3. The teacher involved has a right to request a meeting with the parents and the administration for mutual discussion of the problem.
4. The administration has the final decision-making authority.
5. A committee of the building special education coordinator and administration shall jointly discuss caseloads for special education teachers. Final decision will be left up to the administrator.
6.8.8 When any general education classroom reaches 30% of students with IEPs, action will be taken to reassign/General Education Oversight Committee composed hire a qualified teaching assistant to the affected class hour.
6.8.9 A committee of seven members of which a majority are the building special education coordinator and administration shall jointly discuss caseloads for special education teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus final decision will be made after a case load discussion is had with the preferable decision making processspecial education teacher. In cases where consensus is not achievableCaseload should be determined based on the LRE code of each student. However, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee the maximum caseload shall be established no greater than sixteen (16). If the maximum caseload is exceeded, special education teachers can volunteer to overseetake on additional students for a stipend of $30 per hour not to exceed the hours outlined below. If the teacher whose case load exceeds sixteen (16) chooses not to volunteer to take on the additional student, guidethe special education case manager role will be opened up to the other special educators in the building. If no special educator volunteers, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixstudent will be assigned to the special educator in the building with the lowest caseload. Not every caseload will meet every guideline. Annual Review 2 Hours
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the D.1.1 Target and maximum class size except sizes shall be as provided within this article.follows: Target Maximum Special Education Classes 8 12 Any class enrolling P1 18 22 Any class enrolling P2 to P4 22 24 Intermediate (4-7), Upper Intermediate, Graduation, English, Social Studies, Science, Industrial Education and Home Economics Labs 24 28 Any other class 25 30 Secondary teacher's student load per cycle 175 200
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss D.1.2 If the above class size at a member’s request if maximums are exceeded, or in the member’s case of classes with special needs students as defined in Article D.2.1 of this Agreement the class exceeds the loading ratio.targets, assistance must be provided,
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes D.1.3 Classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education in the following circumstances:
(a) band, choir, physical education, or other specialized classes may exceed where the maximum by 1.35teacher has so requested.
7.04 The site/program administrator D.1.4 Whenever practicable, in recognition of the special requirements of certain subject areas, a teacher whose assignment is at least half in the subject areas of English, Industrial Education, Home Economics, Science, and/or Social Studies, shall make have a reasonable effort maximum student load of one hundred seventy-five (175) students per cycle, in proportion to schedule English composition classes in grades 9a full-12 with time assignment.
D.1.5 Except by mutual agreement of the Director of Student Services and the school-based team, a maximum of 29 studentstwo (2) special needs students may be integrated into a single elementary school class.
7.05 D.1.6 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination start-up organization of elementary classes in any school year which includes special needs students who are assigned to moderately mentally handicapped, severely and profoundly mentally handicapped, or autistic, shall not exceed class size targets. Such elementary classes shall not exceed class size targets by more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 two students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsat any time in the school year.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effortD.1.7 In any event, within elementary classes which include special needs students as defined in Article D.2.1 of this Agreement, shall be kept under the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classesmaximums.
7.07 Special Education Classes D.1.8 The number of students in secondary school laboratories or shops when used for their intended purpose shall not exceed the maximum cited in the lawnumber of students who can be accommodated safely.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. D.1.9 The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by Board and the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with Association recognize that the needs of the students as set forth and curriculum requirements are of paramount importance in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidedetermining staff allocations.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1. Grades TK-5
7.01 Students 2. Grades 6-8
a. all keyboarding/typing classes shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with have a maximum of 29 forty (40) students;
b. all performing arts classes shall have a reasonable number of students; and,
c. all physical education classes shall have an average of forty (40) students or less for each Bargaining Unit member, with not more than one class in excess of forty (40) students.
7.05 The site3. Grades 9-12
a. all keyboarding/program administrator typing classes shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with have a maximum of 29 forty-two (42) students;
b. all performing arts classes shall have a reasonable number of students; and
c. all physical education classes shall have an average of forty-four (44) students or less for each Bargaining Unit member. The District and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsAssociation will monitor jointly the physical education class sizes at each comprehensive high school by October 15.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students4. The class size for any specific limitations set forth above shall apply unless additional students are requested by the Bargaining Unit member.
5. Beginning fifteen (15) days from the first student day, if class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classessize limitations are exceeded, the District class size average administration shall not exceed 10have twenty (20) working days in which to correct the situation by reassigning students, and any individual class shall not exceed 14providing additional teachers or providing additional instructional aide time upon request.
c. 6. The Board and the Association believe that the goal of the District is to program a reasonable number of students into each class. Oversize classes are a detriment to learning and should be avoided whenever possible. The purpose of this provision is to ensure the best interest of the education program. The provision should not be used to supplant the employment of Bargaining Unit members. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachersacknowledge that the following provisions should not alter the appropriate staffing for the above class size limits. The committee class size limitations set forth above shall recognize that consensus is apply unless additional students are requested by the preferable decision making processBargaining Unit member. The site administrator may reduce the number of assigned students to comply with class size limits unless the Bargaining Unit member agrees to a maximum number of assigned students for the remainder of the semester and accepts the class size overage stipend. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations such circumstance the formulas listed below shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixapply.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEThe District shall have discretion to determine workloads for all Unit Members employed subject to the following limitations:
7.01 Students 8.1 Unit Members (excluding Counselors, Librarians, Athletic Directors, Activity Directors, and Specially Funded Programs) shall have a student contact cap as follows: 173 students to 1 Unit Member 195 students to 1 Unit Member in Physical Education 200 students to 1 Unit Member in Band/Music 30 students to 1 Unit Member in Independent Study/College Connection
A. Unit Members may be assigned a maximum of thirty-six (36) students per class for each class in a five (5) period teaching day. Physical Education teachers shall have a cap of forty (40) students per class for a five (5) period teaching day. Unit Members in a continuation high school or community day school may be assigned a maximum of twenty-three (23) students per class in each class in a five (5) period day. The Average Daily Attendance ratio for independent study pupils to Independent Study and College Connection teachers shall not exceed thirty (30). This negotiated Independent Study ratio is also the comparator rate to be assigned to any class which has reached used for independent study purposes per the Education Code. The maximum class size except as provided within this articlenumber of students on each SPED Unit Member’s caseload shall not exceed twenty-eight (28).
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss B. Individual class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes sizes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP Section A of this article by mutual consent of the individual Unit Member, the subject area coordinator, and the unique features site administrator. It will be executed in writing with copies filed at the site and with the OSTA Executive Board. The waiver will be in effect for one (1) semester. A waiver will not be permitted for Unit Members in Physical Education to go beyond the forty (40) students per class cap.
C. Assignment of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at personnel shall be such that site, or adding an instructional aideworkloads are equalized within practical limits.
b. Except for Hearing ImpairedD. Within any given subject area, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average a Unit Member may be assigned a class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsload of fewer than 173 students per day. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, difference in students will be absorbed by the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14school site.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEIt is recognized by the Employer and the Union that the pupil-teacher ratio is an important aspect of an effective program. Therefore, they agree that every effort will be madeto keepclass size at an acceptable number taking intoconsideration thebuilding and classroom facilities available and the best interest of the District as deemed administratively feasible. The Employer and the Union agree that a recommended class size for grades K, 1, and 2 is twenty-five (25); 3 and 4, twenty-eight (28); and 5 and 6, thirty (30). These are desirable goals for the Romulus Community School District.
7.01 Students 1. The Employer and the Union agree that in every classroom especially designed for teaching a particular subject, such as typing, industrial arts classes, etc., which have standard student stations, the class size shall not exceed the number of stations. A workstation shall be assigned defined as that area which provides adequate working space necessary to any class which has reached allow a student to fulfill the requirements of the class.
2. The Employer and the Union agree that for grades kindergarten through 2, the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss for any class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 be thirty (30) students.
3. The Employer and the Union agree that for grades 3 and above for all normal academic classes (other than chorus, physical education, music, art, etc.), the maximum class size will be thirty-three (33) students in the District.
4. The ratio ofstudents to counselors in the secondary schools shall normally be 400-1. (North Central criteria to serve as minimum).
5. Split-level classes at the elementary level are less desirable and will only be utilized at times of abnormal circumstances.
6. Class size maximums shall not take effect until the second Monday after Labor Day.
7. When class size exceeds the above maximums and no other adjustments are feasible, the Employer shall pay the Employee a stipend for any specific class size excesses as follows: Number of additional students x number of hours with additional students x One Dollar fifty cents ($1.50). The number of pupils in grades K-2 shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, 33; the District class size average number of pupils in grades 3-12 shall not exceed 1035. The above prorated stipend will be paid for as long as maximums are exceeded, and any individual retroactively to the first day the class shall not exceed 14size overload occurred.
c. 8. The District Employer and the Association Union agree to establish a that Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee classes shall be established limited in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Department of Education for these programs.
9. RVLC is limited to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six60 students per class with overage paid for each additional student x $1.00/hour/day.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Master Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not The Board and the Association agree that twenty-eight (28) pupils is a reasonable classload. Exceptions to these limitations are physical education classes, band, chorus, and study halls. Laboratory classes will be assigned limited in size to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleequipment available.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times1. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort will be limited to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort forty (40). Class sizes over forty (40) students will be compensated at $90.00 per section to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 $750.00 per semester. Band/Instrumental Music and Chorus/Vocal Music exceeding forty (40) students and will be compensated at $90.00 per section. Advisory/Homeroom sections exceeding thirty (30) students on or after November 1st of each school year will be compensated an additional $90.00 per section per semester. Every attempt will be made to balance sections as the schedule permits. A Middle School teacher will be defined as a teacher who teaches four (4) or more Middle School classes Advisory/Homeroom sections exceeding twenty-five (25) students on or after November 1st of each school year will be compensated an additional $90.00 per section per semester. Every attempt will be made to balance sections as the schedule permits. A Middle School teacher will be defined as a teacher who teaches four (4) or more Middle School classes.
2. Classes in grades Young 5's-2 that exceed 28 students will have additional paraprofessional time assigned. Classes in grades 3-6 with a maximum that exceed 28 students may have additional paraprofessional time assigned. Every regular classroom teacher in grades Y 5’s – 6 shall receive one hundred fifty (150) minutes per week of 30 studentsgeneral education paraprofessional assistance time.
7.06 3. The District will make a reasonable effort, within Board and the financial constraints Association acknowledge that least restrictive environment mainstreaming of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, is legally mandated and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited intended in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum best educational interest of the student. For the purpose of this section, such students shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload referred to as "mainstreamed students." Mainstreamed students shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes defined as determined those students placed into the special education process through an Individual Education Planning Committee (IEPC) evaluation. Furthermore, they agree that placement of these students into an appropriate environment as required by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the law or needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and places extraordinary demands on the unique features classroom teacher. The Board agrees to provide additional paraprofessional time to any teacher who has more than four (4) mainstreamed students assigned to any one (1) class unless that teacher volunteers to take the additional mainstreamed students without the assistance of each groupa paraprofessional. “Reasonable effort” may includeFurthermore, but is not limited the Board agrees to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving create class schedules that allow for the balancing of mainstreamed students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aidethe extent possible. Additional shall be defined for the purposes of this paragraph as two (2) hours per day paraprofessional time for elementary teachers in grades Y 5’s – 6. Special education teacher time shall be counted toward fulfilling this requirement.
b. Except 4. Teachers who teach medically fragile students will be provided training to deal with the special health needs which may be required in an emergency to serve these medically fragile student(s) in their classrooms. No bargaining unit member, except an employee hired for Hearing Impairedthat purpose, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within shall be required to provide custodial care or health services or any act or function constituting the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentspractice of medicine. It is agreed that classroom teachers will assist with necessary emergency health services should their assistance become necessary. The class size Board agrees to hold harmless, any teacher who provides such emergency services from liability for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14performance of such services to the extent permitted by law provided the teacher's actions were reasonable.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students It is recognized by both parties that the numbers of students with whom teachers work is a significant factor in the teaching-learning environment. They further recognize that innovative approaches to instructional groupings require continual flexibility even within each day to provide optimum arrangement for students. The Board will continue to support reasonable classroom teacher-pupil ratios. It is understood and agreed that the Board will thoroughly consider the results of all consultation and will carefully weigh its financial constraints with the intent to provide class size ranges of approximately 20-24 in kindergarten, 22-26 in grades 1 and 2, 24-28 in grade 3, 26 – 30 in grades 4 and 5, and 26 – 32 in grades 6, 7 and 8. Ratios at the middle level shall be based on academic subjects and shall exclude all special education classes as well as such areas as family and consumer science, industrial technology, and physical education. Middle school academic classes (English, Social Studies, Mathematics, Science, Foreign Language) will be organized to a maximum of one hundred eighty (180) students per teacher, based on a six (6) period teaching load. These ratios shall be reviewed during quarterly enrollment reports to the Board of Education. Early childhood class sizes will be consistent with program requirements. Bilingual class sizes shall take into account school code requirements. In the event bilingual class sizes exceed guidelines, the Superintendent or designee shall consult with the Association President or designee and the building principal and shall make every reasonable effort to address bilingual class size concerns. Elementary specials (art, music, library, physical education) class sizes shall not exceed 30 students except when necessary on an individual day because of an unfilled teacher absence (e.g., sub shortage). Should the class size in the same elementary specials classroom exceed 30 students more than 2 days in any 3-week period, the principal or designee, upon notification by the Association, shall meet with building Association representatives and consult with the Superintendent or designee to discuss the situation. A Principal will inform classroom and special area teachers whenever the Principal becomes aware that students from special education classes will be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this article.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a memberteacher’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 timesclass. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed Teachers and Special Area Teachers will notify the maximum cited appropriate administrator in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort writing when changes to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 studentsstudent programming occur. The class size for any specific class policy adopted by the Board shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impairedbe rescinded during the term of this Agreement, Visually Handicapped Preschoolbut if at any time during the term of this Agreement the Board shall contemplate an amendment thereto, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classesprior to such being effectuated, the District class size average Association and the Board shall select an equal number of representatives not to exceed three (3) each to develop policy recommendations and submit recommendations with respect to such proposed amendment to the Board. The Board shall not exceed 10take final action with respect to any amendment of such policy for at least seventy-five (75) calendar days or until such group has reported its recommendation to the Board, whichever shall be the sooner. The Association President or designee shall have the right to present views at the meeting at which the amendment of such policy shall receive final Board consideration. August 2025 - August 2028 Article V PROFESSIONAL COMMITTEES The parties recognize that collaboration between professional staff and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District administration is necessary and vital to the achievement of maximum educational benefit and growth for children. Therefore, it is in the best interest of the Board, the staff, the community and especially the students that matters relating to curriculum and instruction and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed planning of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall professional learning will be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixconsidered collaboratively.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZEA. Elementary (K-5)
7.01 Students 1. Elementary school buildings shall not have a maximum teacher-pupil ratio of 1:25 per building. Only general education classroom teachers shall be assigned to any class which has reached included in the maximum computations of the teacher-pupil ratio. Librarians, nurses, counselors, special education personnel, special area teachers, resource teachers, Reading /Literacy teachers, or equivalent positions shall be excluded from the computations of the teacher-pupil ratio. The School Committee and the Association acknowledge the efficacy of lower class size except for effective instruction. In an effort to recognize the importance of lower class sizes at the Elementary level as provided within this articlewell as the need for flexibility, the following class size parameters have been established: The class size limits are as follows: Prior to August 15th, if the class size in grades 1-5 exceeds the contractual limits another class will be added. Prior to the first day of school, if the class size in Kindergarten exceeds the contractual limits another class will be added. If the class size exceeds the contractual limits for grades 1-5 after August 15th and Kindergarten after the first day of school, the following will occur: In recognition that occasional unpredicted enrollment may necessitate exceeding the class size limit, an individual class cannot exceed the class size limits by more than 2 students. For an overage that includes a second student, compensation will be given at the rate of $10 per student, per day. Art, Music, Physical Education and Library classes will be compensated at the rate of $2 per class, per day. For every day the class size exceeds the contractual limit by 2 students payment will accrue and be received at the conclusion of the school year. Determination of placement will be made between the building principal and the grade level team.
7.02 2. In the event that split classes occur, no split grade class shall exceed 25 pupils. The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall School Committee will make a every reasonable effort to schedule English composition eliminate split grade classes at the elementary level. To the extent that such split grade classes continue to exist at the elementary level, teachers of split grade classes at the elementary level will receive professional teaching resources, using a ratio of .5 FTE in grades 9-12 with a maximum professional teaching resources for each split grade class. No split grade class shall exceed the following: 3. Students receiving intensive special education supports shall be counted for purposes of 29 students.the above class size limits unless:
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes (a) the student spends one hour or less on any one day in which students the class; and
(b) there are assigned to not more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited ten (10) such student contact hours in the lawclass in any one week.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE6.1 The District will commit to maintaining average class size at each elementary school site in grades K (inclusive of TK) through 3 at 24, but in no case shall the average class size in grade K (inclusive of TK) through 3 at each elementary school exceed 26 while the Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF) class-size guidelines remain in effect. Should the LCFF class-size guideline change, this section shall be rendered null and void.
7.01 Students 6.1.1 All other average class sizes will be maintained at no greater than 30. Additionally, the District recognizes its obligation not to exceed enrollment of 35 (except for such traditional large group classes for which a stipend is paid; e.g. ASB, band, orchestra, yearbook, journalism, visual and performing arts, vocal music, etc.) for a period of three consecutive weeks following the start of each semester/trimester or seven consecutive working days during the school year. For the purposes of this Article, teaching assistants assigned to sections shall not be assigned to any included in the calculation of class which has reached the maximum size. The class size except as provided within this articlemaximum for physical education classes (excluding athletic teams) shall be 50. The District also affirms that the adherence to these limits is both desirable and preferable. Recognizing that circumstances beyond the District’s control can result in the enrollment of students that cause the enrollment of a given class to exceed these limits and terms; after consulting with the department chair or an RBTA Executive Board member, the District will adhere to the following guidelines:
6.1.1.1 Community Day School class size shall not exceed fifteen (15) enrolled students on any given day.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss 6.1.2 When the enrollment of student(s) results in an abrogation of the class size limit, but is not sufficient to reorganize classes in order to open an additional class or section of at a member’s request if least twenty students, the member’s receiving teacher will be compensated accordingly:
6.1.3 There shall be no breaching of the class exceeds the loading ratiosize limits by more than four (4) students per class or section.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to 6.1.4 Where more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 class exists within a school that can accommodate the needs of the enrolling student, the principal shall consult with a maximum each teacher qualified to accept the student to gain the acceptance and consent of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 studentsthe teacher prior to enrolling the student.
7.06 6.1.5 Where only one class exists within a school that can accommodate the needs of the enrolling students (for reasons such as program offering, qualifications, specialized training/authorization, etc.) and which thereby prevents the opening of an additional class or section, the receiving teacher shall receive an additional $50 per student, per semester or trimester. All compensation shall be prorated according to the percentage of days per semester/trimester that a student is enrolled on the teacher’s roster.
6.1.6 The District will make every effort to place students with IEP’s and/or 504 plans proportionally among general education teachers. Unit members with a reasonable effortdisproportionate number of students on IEP’s and/or 504 plans as compared to the other teachers in the same grade level or department at their site shall be provided relief through measures such as, within but not limited to, being assigned a classroom aide, reduced class size, reduced number of subject preparations at the financial constraints of the Districtsecondary level, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classesetc.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The 6.1.7 District shall make a reasonable effort endeavor to equalize maintain all elementary class sizes as determined by closely as possible to the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of grade-level average at each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that school site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired6.2 The computations in 6.1 do not include Special Education, Visually Handicapped PreschoolSCROC, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, Chapter 1 or Class Size Reduction and any individual class shall certificated staff member not exceed 14assigned to a class.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General 6.2.1 Limits on caseloads for resource specialist teachers are governed by California Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixCode 56362.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be assigned to any class which has reached the maximum A. A large class size except presents a hardship to the teacher as provided within this articlewell as the students they serve. This Association understands that the District may lack the ability to control all factors that influence class size, particularly the number of classrooms, the number of students and available funding. However, the Association does expect the District to provide equity between teachers. The District with good faith will strive to adhere to the recommended class sizes below.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss B. These are the recommended class size caps:
1. Kindergarten – 22 students per class
2. Grades 1-2 – 23 students per class
3. Grades 3-6 – 26 students per class
4. Grades 7-12 – 28 students per class
5. Performance classes (Band Choir, PE, etc.): limit of 40 students per class (except for elementary school PE)
6. Special Education Case Load – 30:1 for grades K-6, 40:1 for grades 7-12.
C. The district shall attempt to maintain caseloads as recommended by the respective professional organizations of School Nurses, School Counselors.
D. When the initial classroom assignments are made, students requiring an IEP, 504 plans, or modified diplomas shall be distributed equitably among classrooms at that grade or subject level.
E. When a member’s request if class size is exceeded, the member’s class District shall inform the Association within 48 hours.
F. Should special education case load caps be exceeded, the District shall post an additional teaching position to address the additional needs in the special education department within ten (10) days of exceeding the cap. In the event that the number of students in a K-6 grade level exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums caps established herein by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one five (5) cumulative students, the District shall post a position for an additional grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, teacher to help reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students to the agreed-upon cap within ten (10) days. Vacancies for the purposes of this article shall stay posted until filled or the grade level / caseload cap no longer qualifies for the vacancy. Teachers are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classesentitled to compensation until the vacancy is filled.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed G. Teachers with class sizes / caseloads exceeding the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum established caps shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload compensated using the schedule (below). Members who qualify for compensation shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District receive their stipend within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs five (5) days of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and last day of the unique features of each groupquarter. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.Grade Level Stipend (Over Cap) 24-25
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. H. The District and the Association agree shall form a joint committee of four (4) members, two (2) appointed by the Association and two (2) appointed by the District, to establish determine any additional solutions above the minimums established in this Article.
1. If class size exceeds the recommended cap, the committee will meet within one (1) week to develop a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed solution which supports our students and staff.
2. A solution will be offered by the committee within a two-week timeframe after the District has knowledge that the class cap size will be exceeded.
3. If a solution involves a job position, the position will be posted within 24 hours of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable committee’s decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate after the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixDistrict approves.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE30.01 In the interest of education, and in order to promote effective teaching and learning conditions, the School Board shall will endeavour to establish class sizes appropriate to the teaching situation involved in accordance with this Article within regulatory and legislative restrictions.
7.01 Students (a) The maximum class size for Junior Kindergarten and Kindergarten classes shall not be assigned twelve (12) students per class.
(b) The maximum class size for Grade 1 – Level III shall be twenty (20) students.
(a) Where it is necessary to any combine two or more grades or courses in one class which has reached with one teacher, the maximum class size except as provided within this articlefor such combined classes shall not exceed:
(i) Junior Kindergarten to Grade 3 ten (10) students
(ii) Grade 4 to Grade 6 fifteen (15) students
(iii) Grade 7 to Grade 9 fifteen (15) students
(iv) Level I to Level III fifteen (15) students 30.04 Subject to Clauses 30.01, 30.02 and 30.03, the number of students in laboratory, workshop, computer and technology classes shall not exceed the number of fully equipped student work stations provided.
7.02 (a) The sitefollowing student/program administrator is required teacher allocation formulae shall apply to discuss class size at a member’s request if all schools within the member’s class exceeds province, exclusive of the loading ratioregular classroom teacher allocations:
(i) Instructional Resource Teacher 1 ratio 100:1
(ii) School Counsellor ratio 250:1
(iii) Music teacher ratio 250:1
(iv) Art teacher ratio 250:1
(v) Core French teacher ratio 250:1
(vi) Learning Resource teacher ratio 250:1
(vii) Physical Education teacher ratio 250:1
(viii) Technology teacher ratio 250:1
(ix) School Psychologist ratio 1000:1
(b) There shall be not less than five hundred full-time teaching units allocated to the School Boards for school based Instructional Resource Teacher 2 (IRT2) positions.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed (c) The following caseload parameters shall apply in addition to the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed regular teacher allocation:
(i) The student to teacher ratio for the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator provision of itinerant services to students who have hearing or visual loss or impairment shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 be 20:1 respectively, with a maximum of 29 students.five (5) core case load students per itinerant teacher, including pre-school aged children;
7.05 The site/program administrator (ii) Speech Language Pathologists shall make be allocated based on a reasonable effort student to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 teacher ratio of 40:1 with a maximum of 29 students and 4twenty-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aide.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (525) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than sixdirect contact students per allocated position.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Provincial Contract Negotiations
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE1. The District shall maintain an average regular class enrollment of 27 students, including Inclusion students for each school site for transitional kindergarten, kindergarten, and grades 1-3, inclusive, while maintaining a class ratio for kindergarten of 25 to 1.
7.01 Students 2. It is the intent of the District to maintain a ratio of twenty-eight (28) students, including Inclusion Students, per regular class unit member in grades 4-6, and a ratio of twenty-five (25) students, including Inclusion Students, per regular class in grades 7-12. If a grade 4-6 class at a K-6 site reaches thirty-three (33) students at the end of September or thereafter in any year, and the assigned unit member requests assistance, one (1) two hour certificated staff person will be provided the class. The district will make reasonable efforts to balance 4-6 class size at each site. Effective July 1, 2022 w hen a ratio of 33.6 students per regular class is reached on average at a Junior High School or the High School on the 25th school day or thereafter in any year the District shall provide additional certificated staff as mutually agreed upon by the District and certificated staff at that site. Class sizes for these purposes shall be calculated by dividing the total number of students by the number of regular classes taught, excluding a preparation period. No 7-12 P.E. class shall exceed 50 students. When there are insufficient sections of 7-12 Physical Education to maintain class rosters of 50 or fewer students the district may proceed with one of the following options:
▇. ▇▇▇▇ volunteers from among the faculty of the affected school to teach an additional period of Physical Education during what would normally be their Preparation Period. The volunteer teacher must possess a credential that authorizes Physical Education instruction. If more than one teacher volunteers, the Principal shall interview all applicants and shall select the best suited following the criteria set forth in Article V, 2 B. Teachers shall be compensated at .2 of their daily rate of pay. In addition to the workday required in Article IX, 3, the selected volunteer must be on-site daily for an amount of time equal to the duration of the Preparation Period.
B. If a volunteer cannot be found, Physical Education classes may exceed 50 students but shall not exceed 60 students. If any Physical Education class at a junior high school exceeds 50 students, the district shall provide Instructional Assistant support as follows: When any class occurring during the first three class periods exceeds 50 students, three (3) hours of Instructional Assistant time will be assigned to the Physical Education department for the first three periods. If the above occurs during the last three periods, three (3) hours of Instructional Assistant time will be assigned during that time frame. It is understood that in the event that the District chooses to utilize either of these options, the number of Physical Education sections offered shall be calculated by past District practice.) Any certificated staff added pursuant to this section shall be utilized in such a manner as to directly reduce class size. This limitation on the duties of added certificated staff shall not apply to any class which has reached the maximum class size except as provided within this articleadded after April 15th of any year.
7.02 3. The site/program administrator is required to discuss class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator District shall make a reasonable effort efforts to schedule English composition avoid scheduling combination classes in grades 9-12 with TK-6. An effort shall be made to find a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make unit member volunteer to accept a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to class. If more than one unit member volunteers, consideration will be given on an individual basis to rotate the assignment in alternate years. The District shall make reasonable efforts, when necessary, to avoid circumstances which would result in a combination class with fewer than seven (7) students of one grade level K-3 or 3level. Insofar as possible, the pupils shall be selected for combination classes who are self-4 with directed and who demonstrate a maximum relative absence of 29 students and 4-6 with severe discipline problems. Unit members shall have the right to participate in the selection process. When a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 unit member is assigned a combination class, an appropriate notation to that effect shall be placed in his/her personnel file. The District will make a reasonable effortconcerted effort to avoid combination classes. Team teaching will not constitute a combination class. Site Supervisors will post possible combination classes for the following school year by May 15th to find a unit member to volunteer to accept a combination class. If more than one unit member volunteers, or no unit member volunteers, a rotation process shall be put into place. May 15th assignments may be subject to change based upon enrollment.
4. Those grade level teachers affected by a combination class shall receive $2000.00 to be divided among the affected classes for the purchase of instructional materials as approved by the site administrator or to attend conferences and/or workshops as mutually agreed upon with the site administrator. The combination class teacher also has the option to use $1500 for extra pay and $500 to be divided among the affected classes for the purchase of instructional materials. Non- consumable materials shall remain at the school site. In the case of a secondary unit member teaching multiple courses within in one course period, the financial constraints unit member shall receive a percentage of the District, to reduce above stipend based on the percentage of the teaching day in which the multiple-curriculum class size maximums in those or classes into which special education students is/are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classestaught.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall 5. When placing Inclusion students in a regular class consideration will be given on an individualized basis to the impact of those students on the class and the interests of the affected unit member. Consideration may include, but not exceed the maximum cited in the law.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;limited to:
a. The District shall make a reasonable effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the educational needs of the regular education students as set forth in that class.
b. The educational and other needs of the student with disabilities.
c. The interests of the affected unit member.
d. Non-teaching responsibilities TK-6 inclusion students to be placed in appropriate grade level classroom with the lowest student enrollment unless agreed to otherwise between site administrator and affected unit members. An effort shall be made to find a unit member volunteer to accept in his/her IEP classroom Inclusion Students. Unit members receiving Inclusion Students will be provided adequate planning time for program coordination as developed at each site. Unit members receiving Inclusion Students shall have the regular assistance of another unit member or Instructional Aide. Where possible, substitutes will be provided for any absent unit member or Instructional Aide. Educational materials and supplies unique to an Inclusion Student will be funded through the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideSpecial Education Classroom budget.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students6. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree will cooperatively monitor the District’s enrollment impacting class sizes and caseloads at all grades TK-6 and grades 7-8 and imbalances in enrollment at grades 7-8, and 9-12.
7. TK-6 teachers, teachers in self-contained TK-8 programs, Adaptive PE (APE) teachers, Inclusion teachers, Special Day Class Teachers (SDC), Resource Specialists (RSP), and Speech and Language Pathologists (SLP) whose primary assignment is to establish work with TK-6 students shall have a Special Educationfull day release time two days per trimester per school year as agreed upon with the site administrator coinciding with grading periods for the purpose of collaboration, planning and/or evaluation at grade levels. It is understood and agreed that substitutes will not be provided for APE and SLP for this purpose. Music and PE teachers shall receive 1 full day of release time per trimester as agreed upon with the site administrator coinciding with grading periods for the purpose of collaboration, planning and/or evaluation at grade levels. When bargaining unit members take these report card/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievableplanning days, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee they shall be established available to overseetheir site supervisor via telephone during the workday, guide, and facilitate inclusive of the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six30 minutes prior to the start of class.
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement
CLASS SIZE. GRADE LOADING RATIO MAXIMUM CLASS SIZE
7.01 Students shall not be 11.1 Class size is the number of students assigned to any class which has reached the maximum a teacher. Issues relating to staffing, and class size except maximums, will continue to be addressed by a joint District—Association committee. Any recommendations of this committee will be subject to negotiations as provided within this articlerequired by law.
7.02 The site/program administrator is required to discuss class 11.1.1 Class size at a member’s request if the member’s class exceeds the loading ratio.
7.03 Instrumental and choral music classes may exceed the maximums by 1.5 times. Physical education classes may exceed the maximum by 1.35.
7.04 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule English composition classes in grades 9-12 with a maximum of 29 students.
7.05 The site/program administrator shall make a reasonable effort to schedule combination classes in which students are assigned to more than one grade level K-3 or 3-4 with a maximum of 29 students and 4-6 with a maximum of 30 students.
7.06 The District will make a reasonable effort, within the financial constraints of the District, to reduce class size maximums in those classes into which special education students are integrated, in remedial classes, and in high school composition classes.
7.07 Special Education Classes shall not exceed the maximum cited TK maximum class assigned = 20 TK/K Combination maximum class assigned = 16 Kindergarten maximum class assigned = 24 Grades 1 — 3 maximum class assigned = 25 Grades 4 — 8 maximum class assigned = 30 K/1 Combination maximum class assigned = 22 Grades 1-3 Combination maximum class assigned = 23 4-8 Combination maximum class assigned = 28 *There shall be no TK/K Combination Classes unless the TK enrollment at a school is fewer than 14 students as of fifteen (15) days from the beginning of the school year per section 11.2.1, in which case there may be a TK/K combination class at that site. In the event there is a TK/K Combination Class, an instructional aide shall be provided for the entire instructional day. The exceptions apply to: Science 28 Physical Education 37 Instrumental Music Based on enrollment Vocal Music Based on enrollment Mild/Moderate Special Education Class 13 Moderate/Severe Special Education Class 10 Resource Specialist Program shall have a caseload not to exceed 28 or as provided in Education Code Section 56362 if revised. Speech and Language Specialists shall have a District-wide average caseload not to exceed 55 or as provided in Education Code 56363.3 if revised.
11.1.2 These class sizes do not prohibit teachers in an individual school from using flexible schedules such as leveling of students for instructional purposes. This education change must be initiated and agreed upon by the affected unit members and the staff within the school.
11.1.3 Specially classified students mainstreamed for more than fifty (50%) percent of the day in K-6 and by period in 7-8 shall be counted as one (1) student in determining actual class enrollment assigned.
11.1.4 Only a teacher may ask for an increase in the lawmaximum class enrollment assigned for their class for a specific programmatic purpose upon written application to and approval by the District.
7.07.1 SDC Class Size SDC 7-12 non-severe caseload maximum shall be 26 beginning July 2002; RSP caseload shall be 28;
a. 11.1.5 The District shall make a reasonable every effort to equalize class sizes as determined by the class roster throughout the District within the grade levels and programs consistent with the needs of the students as set forth in his/her IEP and the unique features of each group. “Reasonable effort” may include, but is not limited assign one instructional aide to include, busing students on a voluntary basis to other sites, moving students to other classes at that site, or adding an instructional aideall Self- Contained special education classes.
b. Except for Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, average class size within the SDC program in the District shall not exceed 12 students. The class size for any specific class shall not exceed 17 students. In Hearing Impaired, Visually Handicapped Preschool, SED, and ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Center classes, the District class size average shall not exceed 10, and any individual class shall not exceed 14.
c. The District and the Association agree to establish a Special Education/General Education Oversight Committee composed of seven members of which a majority are teachers. The committee shall recognize that consensus is the preferable decision making process. In cases where consensus is not achievable, all decisions and recommendations shall require five (5) votes. The oversight committee shall be established to oversee, guide, and facilitate the following initiatives:
i. Two-year K-12 pilot program that shall include no more than six
Appears in 1 contract
Sources: Collective Bargaining Agreement